You are on page 1of 164

PART – B

MAJOR COMPONENT
(CIVIL)

Name of work: Construction of New Academic Building at Sector 22 Dwarka,


University of Delhi, Delhi (SW:- Civil & Electrical work).

54
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS (Civil Component)

1.0 GENERAL
a) The work shall be carried out as per CPWD Specifications 2019 Vol. I & II with upto date
correction slips.
b) The work shall be executed and measured as per metric dimensions given in the
Schedule of quantities, drawings etc. (F.P.S. units wherever indicated are for guidance
only).
c) Wherever any reference to any Indian Standard Specification occurs in the documents
relating to this contract, the same shall be inclusive of all amendments issued thereto or
revisions thereof, if any.
d) Unless otherwise specified in the schedule of quantities the rates for all items of the work
shall be considered as inclusive of pumping out or bailing out water if required for which
no extra payment will be made. This will include water encountered from any source,
such as rains, floods, and sub-soil water table being high due to any other cause
whatsoever.
e) Unless otherwise specified in the schedule of quantities, particular specifications or
CPWD specifications (subject to the order or preference) the rates tendered by the
tenderer shall be all inclusive and shall apply to all lifts, all heights and all floor
including terrace, leads and depths and nothing extra over and above the schedule of
quantity shall be payable on this account.
f) The work shall be carried out in accordance with the Architectural drawings, structural
drawings and approved shop drawings. Before commencement of any item of work, the
contractor shall correlate all the relevant architectural and structural drawings and
satisfy himself that the information available thereof is complete and unambiguous. The
discrepancy, if any shall be brought to the notice of the Engineer-in-Charge before
execution of the work. The contractor alone shall be responsible for any loss or damage
executing by the commencement of work on the basis of any erroneous and or
incomplete information.
g) Wherever any reference to any Indian Standards occurs in the documents relating to this
contract, the same shall be inclusive of all amendments issued thereto or revisions
thereof, if any, up to the date of receipt of tenders.
h) The following additional specifications shall apply:
 All stone aggregate and stone ballast shall be of hard stone variety and to be obtained
from quarries near& around to site of work, as per direction of the Engineer in charge.
 Coarse sand should be obtained from sand quarries of nearby rivers, as per direction of
the Engineer in charge. Sand to be used for cement concrete work including RCC,
mortar for masonry and plaster work shall be of standard quality and screened as
required. It shall be clean sand.
 In case of non availability of sand, the agency may be permitted at the discretion of
Engineer-in Charge to use crushed stone sand on their request on production of
55
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
adequate proof of non availability of the same, provided it confirms to grading and
other requirements given in CPWD specifications. The change in sand type or source
would require revision of Mix Design of Concrete from the approved laboratories, for
which nothing extra shall be paid. In case of use of crushed stone sand, all necessary
precautions for CC work, RCC work, masonry work, plaster work and all other related
works shall be taken by the agency as per relevant CPWD specifications and BIS codes
without any extra cost.
i) The rates for all items of work shall unless clearly specified otherwise include for all floor
levels of building and cost of all operations and all inputs of labour, material, T&P,
scaffolding, wastages, watch and ward, other inputs, all incidental charges, all taxes,
GST, duties, levies etc. required for execution of the work.
j) All crossings, embedment etc. in walls and floors for water supply, drainage and sanitary
pipes, fittings etc. shall be provided for individual walls and floors so as to avoid cuttings
of masonry work and floors. All such areas shall be made good during finishing and
nothing extra shall be payable on these accounts.
1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE/TESTING OF MATERIALS: -
1.1.1 The proposed building is a prestigious project and quality of work is of paramount
importance. Contractor will be required to engage well-experienced
supervisors, engineers, skilled labour and deploy modern T&P and other equipments to
execute the work in a time bound manner. Many items like exposed finish form work,
specialized flooring work, factory made door- window shutters, proper slope maintaining
in toilet units, sanitary- water supply installation, textured finishing, aluminium and
glass work and water proofing treatment will specially require engagement of skilled
workers having experience particularly in execution of such items.
The contractor shall ensure quality construction in a planned and time bound manner.
Any sub- standard material/work beyond set out tolerance limit shall be summarily
rejected by the Engineer-in-Charge. If any material, even though approved by Engineer-
In-Charge is found defective or not conforming to specifications shall be replaced /
removed by the contractor at his own risk & cost.
In addition to the supervision of work by CPWD engineers, the Architects deployed by the
Client/CPWD, CPWD Quality Control/ Assurance Team and Third party Quality Control/
Assurance Team shall also be carrying out regular and periodic inspection of the ongoing
activities in the work and deficiencies, shortcomings, inferior workmanship pointed out
by them shall be communicated by CPWD engineers to the contractor. Upon receipt of
instructions from Engineer in Charge these are also to be made good by necessary
improvement, rectification, replacement upto his complete satisfaction. Special attention
shall be paid towards line and level of internal and external plastering, exposed smooth
surface of RCC members by providing fresh shuttering plates, rubberized linings to all
the shuttering joints, accurate joinery work in wooden doors and windows, thinnest
joints in stone/ tiling / cladding work, non-hollowness in floor and dado tiles work,
protection of scratches over flooring by impounding layer of plaster of Paris, water tight
pipe linings, absence of hollow vertical joints in brick masonry, proper compaction of

56
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
filled up earth etc to achieve an Institution of International standards and up keeping of
quality assurance shall be of paramount importance, as such.
All the materials to be used in the work, to give the finished work complete in all
respects, shall comply with the requirements of the specifications and shall pass all the
tests required as per specifications as applicable or such specifications / standards as
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. However, keeping the Quality Assurance in mind,
the Contractor shall submit, on request from the Engineer-in-Charge, his own Quality
Assurance procedures for basic materials and such items, to be followed during the
execution of the work, for approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
1.1.2 With each Running Bill, the details of test carried out shall be submitted by the
contractor.
1.1.3 Samples of materials required for testing shall be provided free of charge by the
contractor. The contractor shall provide at his own cost suitable weighing and measuring
arrangements at site for checking the weight / dimension as may be necessary. The
sealed samples are to be handed over to the testing lab by the contractor in the presence
of representative of Engineering in charge. All expenditure to be incurred for testing of
samples e.g. packaging, sealing, transportation, loading, unloading etc. including testing
charges shall be borne by the contractor.

1.1.4 Test Sampling Procedure and Payment Methodology for Testing:


(i) The contractor shall propose the name of testing agency/ies from the list of approved test
laboratories whom he intends to conduct testing of various samples. He shall also submit the
rate list of various types of test to be charged by the testing agency.
(ii) Samples of various materials required for testing shall be provided free of charges by the
contractor. Testing charges, if any, unless provided otherwise, shall be borne by the
contractor. All other expenditure required to be incurred for taking the samples; conveyance,
packing etc. shall also be borne by the contractor himself.
(iii) After collection of samples the Engineer-in-charge or his representative shall forward the
sample to the testing agency through a letter with dispatch number.
(iv) All the reports and invoices shall contain the reference of sample forwarding letter.
(v) The testing agency shall submit its report directly to the Engineer-in-charge in hard copy and
also through its official email account.
(vi) The testing agency shall submit its invoices duly verified by the contractor directly to the
Engineer-in-charge in hard copy.
(vii) The bill of testing agency shall be paid directly to the testing agency by the Engineer-in-
charge, and the same amount shall be recovered from the bill of contractor.
1.1.5 The Contractor or his authorized representative shall associate in collection, preparation,
forwarding and testing of such samples. In case he or his authorized representative is not
57
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
present or does not associate him, the result of such tests and consequences thereon
shall be binding on the Contractor. The Contractor or his authorized representative shall
remain in contact with the Engineer-in–Charge or his authorized representative
associated for all such operations. No claim of payment or claim of any other kind,
whatsoever, shall be entertained from the Contractor.
1.1.6 Maintenance of Register of Tests:-
(i) All the registers of tests carried out at Construction Site or in outside laboratories
shall be maintained by the contractor which shall be issued to the contractor by
Engineer-in-Charge.
(ii) various registers to be issued to and maintained by the contractor are:
a. Materials at site account register.
b. Cement register.
c. Master test registers.
d. Cube test register.
e. Paint/chemical register.
f. Inspection register.
g. Drawing register.
(iii) All Samples of materials including Cement Concrete Cubes shall be taken jointly
with Contractor by representative of the Engineer in Charge. All the assistance
shall be provided by the contractor. Cost of sample materials is to be borne by the
contractor and he shall be responsible for safe custody of samples to be tested at
site.

(iv) The above registers are to be maintained in physical or electronic form on e-Nirmit ERP
portal of CPWD as directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
(v) All the test in field lab setup at Construction Site shall be carried out by the
Engineering Staff deployed by the contractor which shall be 100% witnessed by
representative of the Engineer in Charge. At least 10% of the tests are to be
witnessed by the Executive Engineer. Minimum 10% of all samples should be
tested in outside approved laboratory/ Govt. Engineering colleges.
(vi) All the entries in the registers will be made by the designated Engineering Staff of
the contractor and same should be regularly reviewed by Engineer in Charge or
his representative.
(vii) Contractor shall be responsible for safe custody of all the test registers.
1.1.7 Extensive testing of the materials used for construction is a pre-requisite for attaining
high quality of the work. This shall also require specialized tests, physical, chemical,
ultrasonic, x-ray and various other types of tests which cannot possibly be carried out in
a site laboratory. These tests also require specialized personnel who regularly deal in
such testing. Therefore the need arises for carrying out the tests in outside laboratories.
58
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
These laboratories may be in the Govt. sector, Semi Govt. or Private sector. All Govt.
Institutes, Indian Institute of Technology, National Institute of Technology, Central and
State funded laboratories stands approved. No approval is required for testing in these
laboratories/institutes. However, the outside private laboratories shall be approved in the
following manner: -
1. The ADGs/SDGs will approve the private lab irrespective of distance for tests. For
this purpose, labs accredited by NABL or any other accreditation body which operates
in accordance with ISO/IEC 17011 and accredits labs as per ISO/IEC 17025 for
testing and calibration scopes is eligible.
2. A lab will have to submit details of space available, equipments, staff (Technical and
Non-Technical), accreditation and approval from various department/institutes. For
this purpose labs accredited by NABL or any other accreditation body which operates
in accordance with ISO/IEC 17011 and accredits labs as per ISO/IEC 17025 for
testing and calibration scopes is eligible.
3. Initial approval of lab should for one year and can be revalidated for further one year
and so on.
4. Every lab will be audited for maintenance and calibration of equipment and
employment of staff prior to approval/revalidation.
However, testing of material in any Govt., Lab / Public Undertaking Lab / IIT or NIT Lab
/ Govt. Engineering College may be allowed by Executive Engineer without prior approval
of any higher authority/officer provided these labs have all necessary facility to carry out
the required tests.
1.1.8 Frequency of testing of material will be as per frequency laid down in CPWD Specification
or otherwise specified. In case there is any discrepancy in frequency of testing as given in
list of mandatory tests and that in individual sub-heads of work as per CPWD
Specifications higher of the two frequencies of testing shall be followed and nothing extra
shall be payable on this account.
1.1.9 Water tanks, taps, sanitary, water supply & drainage pipes, fittings & accessories should
conform to bye-laws of local body/corporation, where CPWD specifications are not
available. The Contractor (s) should engage approved, licensed plumbers for the work
and get the materials (fixtures/fittings) tested, by the municipal Body/Corporation
authorities wherever required at his own cost. The Contractor shall submit for the
approval of the Engineer-in-Charge, the name of the plumbing agency (along with their
working experience in recent past) proposed to be engaged by him.
The contractor shall give performance test of the entire installation(s) as per the standing
specifications before the work is finally accepted and nothing extra whatsoever shall be
payable to the contractor for the test.
The contractor shall have to execute guarantee bonds in respect of specified items
mentioned in tender document.

59
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
1.1.10 The contractor shall prepare all the needed shop drawings well in advance at his risk and
cost deemed to be included in the overall quoted cost and get them approved before
placing the order and execution of the item.
Contractor shall prepare and submit shop drawings for approval of Engineer in charge,
before taking up different activities like aluminium doors, windows, plumbing for water
supply and drainage, sewer lines & manholes with IL, ACP cladding, stone cladding,
glass curtain walls etc or any other activity as directed by Engineer in charge. Contractor
shall be required to make modifications as may be directed by the Engineer in charge in
the submitted shop drawings and shall resubmit modified shop drawings. Contractor
shall not be allowed to execute the related items without approval of such shop drawings
and he shall be fully responsible for all contractual implications, for any delay caused, if
any, on account of delay in submission of such shop drawings or modified shop
drawings. Nothing extra, whatsoever, shall be paid on this account and his quoted
amount shall be deemed to be inclusive of all such activities.
Shop drawings shall be submitted for approval four weeks in advance of planned delivery
and installation of any material to allow the Engineer In-Charge ample time for scrutiny.
No claims for extension of time shall be entertained because of any delay in the work due
to his failure to produce shop drawings at the right time, in accordance with the
approved program.
Before taking up the work, the contractor shall also provide integrated drawings for
various civil and electrical services showing details of lay out plan including sectional
elevations. Contractor shall plan and mobilize his resources as per the integrated
drawings and as per the site conditions to facilitate convenient execution, installation as
well as maintenance of these services. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
1.1.11 The contractor shall get the water tested with regard to its suitability and conforming to
the relevant IS Code. The contractor shall obtain written approval from the Engineer-in-
Charge before he proceeds by using the same for execution of work. The water testing
charges shall be borne by the contractor. If tube well water is not suitable, the contractor
shall arrange Municipal water or from any other source at his own cost and nothing
extra shall be paid on this account. The water shall be got tested at frequency specified
in latest CPWD Specifications / BIS Code.
1.1.12 The following procedure should be followed in case of removal of rejected/sub-standard
materials from the site of work.
(a)Whenever any material brought by the contractor to the site of work is rejected, entry
thereof should invariably be made in the site order book under the signature of the
AE/AEE giving approximate quantity of such materials.
(b) As soon as the material is removed, a certificate to that effect may be recorded by
the AE/AEE against the original entry, giving the date of removal, mode of removal i.e.
whether by truck, carts or by manual labour. If removal is by truck, the registration
number of the truck should be recorded.

60
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
1.1.13 The Contractor shall submit, immediately after the award of work a detailed and complete
method statement for the execution, testing and Quality Assurance Plan/procedures for basic
materials and such items, to be followed during the execution of the work, for approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge. The 'Methods statement' is a statement by which the construction
procedures for any activity of construction are formulated and stated in chronological order.
The 'Methods statement', should have a description of the item with elaborate procedures in
steps to implement the same, the specifications of the materials involved, their testing and
acceptance criteria, equipment to be used, Precautions to be taken, steps of measurement,
etc. Further a recovery of Rs. 2000/- shall be made on per day basis in case of delay in
submission of the above programme.
The contractor shall submit minimum “Quality Assurance” plan within 45 days after award of
work which shall be consisting of:
a. Lot size, number of required tests and frequency of testing. While deciding these criteria
CPWD Specifications & Provisions of BIS Code and Standard Practices may be referred.
Volume of work, Practical Difficulties and Site Conditions etc. may also be kept in view. The lot
size, number of tests and frequencies of testing can be altered or modified by the Engineer-in-
charge from the prescribed limits.
b. It should clearly indicate the Machinery and other Tool & Plants required to be deployed at
site by the EPC Contractor. Entire Machinery and T&P may not be required at the start of
work, therefore, a proper time schedule by which each Machinery & T&P is to be brought at
site should also be indicated
c. Receipt of Material, testing of the same & Maintenance of Register of Tests
d. All the registers of tests carried out at Construction Site or in outside laboratories shall be
maintained by the EPC Contractor. Which may be inspected by Engineer-in-charge or his/her
designee at any point of time.

1.2 FIELD LABORATORY


The contractor has to establish within 30 days from the award of work a field laboratory
at site including all necessary equipment and skilled manpower for the field and
laboratory tests as mentioned in the list of mandatory tests given in CPWD Specifications
2019 Vol. 1 & 2 and as provided in this NIT document at his own cost to have proper
quality control. Rs.1,000/- per day shall be recovered from the contractor for any delay
beyond the specified period subject to maximum of Rs. 300,000/-. If contractor fails to
establish lab within additional period of 15 days, the Engineer in charge shall initiate
action as deemed fit under relevant clauses of the agreement.

61
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
For performing the above tests, the Field Testing Equipment and Instruments as
indicated in the tender document are to be arranged and maintained by the contractor
at his own cost.
1.2.1 The list of Laboratory/ Field equipment referred above is to be arranged and maintained
by the contractor at the site of work. In case the equipment required for any test is not
available at site, the department shall get the test conducted from the third party.
However in that event, besides providing free materials of sample, the cost of taking of
sample, packing, transportation, testing charges etc. shall be borne by the contractor
irrespective of the results.
1.2.2 The contractor shall ensure quality construction in a planned and time bound
manner. Any sub-standard material / work beyond set-out tolerance limit shall be
summarily rejected by the Engineer-in-Charge & contractor shall be bound to replace
/ remove such sub-standard / defective work immediately.
1.3 SAMPLE OF MATERIALS:-
1.3.1 All materials and fittings brought by the contractor to the site for use shall conform to
the samples approved by the Engineer-in-Charge which shall be preserved till the
completion of the work. If a particular brand of material is specified in the item of work
in Schedule of Quantity, the same shall be used after getting the same approved from
Engineer-in-Charge. Wherever brand / quality of material is not specified in the item of
work, Contractor shall provide minimum one sample each of three different makes for
each item of work as per the list of approved makes for the approval of engineer-in-
charge. It shall be the discretion of Engineer-in-charge to approve any one of the three
samples to be submitted by the contractor and decision of engineer-in-charge in this
regard shall be final and binding and nothing extra, whatsoever, shall be admissible on
this ground. For all other items, ISI Marked materials and fittings shall be used with the
approval of Engineer-in-Charge. Wherever ISI Marked material / fittings are not
available, the contractor shall submit samples of materials / fittings manufactured by
firms of repute conforming to relevant Specifications or IS codes for the approval of
Engineer-in-Charge.
1.3.2 The Contractor shall procure and provide all the materials from the manufacturers /
suppliers as per the list attached with the tender documents, as per the item description
and particular specifications for the work. The equivalent brand for any item shall be
permitted to be used in the work, only when the specified make is not available. This is,
however, subject to documentary evidence produced by the contactor for non-availability
of the brand specified and also subject to independent verification by the Engineer-in-
Charge. In exceptional cases, where such approval is required, the decision of Engineer-
in-Charge as regards equivalent make of the material shall be final and binding on the
Contractor. No claim, whatsoever, of any kind shall be entertained from the Contractor
on this account. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. Also, the material shall
be procured only after written approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
1.3.3 To avoid delay, contractor should submit samples / as stated above well in advance so as
to give timely orders for procurement. If any material, even though approved by
Engineer-in-Charge is found defective or not conforming to specifications shall be
62
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
replaced / removed by the contractor at his own risk & cost. Samples including brand /
quality of materials and fittings to be used in the work shall be got approved from the
Engineer-in-Charge, well in advance of actual execution and shall be preserved till the
completion of the work.
1.3.4 BIS marked materials except otherwise specified shall also be subjected to quality test
besides testing of other materials as per the specifications described for the
item/material. Wherever BIS marked materials are brought to the site of work, the
contractor shall, furnish manufacturer’s test certificate or test certificate from approved
testing laboratory to establish that the material procured by the contractor for
incorporation in the work satisfies the provisions of specifications relevant to the material
and / or the work done.
BIS marked items (except cement & steel for which separate provisions have been made)
required for the work shall be got tested, for only important tests, which govern the
quality of the product, as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge. For mandatory test,
frequency shall be as specified in the CPWD Specifications.

1.3.5 For certain items, if frequency of tests is neither mentioned in the CPWD Specifications
nor BIS, then tests shall be carried out as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge.
1.3.6 Contractor shall have to show mock up of important items like flooring, false
ceiling, door window, fittings & fixtures, exposed brick work etc. as directed by
Engineer-in-Charge. Based on the samples approved by the Engineer-in-Charge, One
mock-up room, one toilet, some portion of external area shall be got ready first to
assess the quality of workmanship for the above items and the mockup shall be got
approved from the Engineer-in-charge. Approval of Engineer-in-charge shall be
obtained before taking up finishing works en masse.
1.4 Setting Out
1.4.1 The contractor shall establish, maintain and assume responsibility for grades, lines,
levels and bench marks. He shall report any errors or inconsistencies regarding grades,
lines, levels, dimensions to the Engineer-in-Charge before commencing work.
Commencement of work shall be regarded as the contractor’s acceptance of such grades,
lines, levels and dimensions and no claim shall be entertained at a later date for any
errors found.
1.4.2 In order to set the alignment of buildings / foundations and to mark the same on the
ground, the agency is to adopt “total station” surveying method. The agency is to engage
a well versed and well experienced surveyor in “total station” survey. Nothing extra for
this total station survey is payable.
If at any time, any error in the respect of setting out appears during the progress of the
work, the contractor shall, at his own expense rectify such error if so required, to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
a) Though the site levels are indicated in the drawings, the contractor shall
ascertain himself and confirm the site levels with respect to GTS bench mark
from the concerned authorities. The contractor shall protect and maintain
63
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
temporary/ permanent benchmarks at the site of work throughout the execution
of the work. These bench marks shall be got checked by the Engineer-in-Charge
or his authorized representatives. The work at different stages shall be
checked with reference to bench marks maintained for the said purpose.
Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
b) The approval by the Engineer-in-Charge, of the setting out by the contractor,
shall not relieve the contractor of any of his responsibilities and obligation to
rectify the errors/defects, if any, which may be found at any stage during the
progress of the work or after the completion of the work.
1.4.3 The contractor shall be entirely and exclusively responsible for the horizontal, vertical
and other alignments, the level and correctness of every part of the work and shall rectify
effectively any errors or imperfections therein. Such rectifications shall be carried out by
the contractor at his own cost to the instructions and satisfaction of the Engineer-in-
Charge.
1.4.4 The Contractor shall carry out survey of the work area, at his own cost, setting out the
layout of building in consultation with the Engineer-in-Charge & proceed further. Any
discrepancy between the architectural drawings and actual layout at site shall be
brought to the notice of the Engineer-in-charge. It shall be responsibility of the
Contractor to ensure correct setting out of alignment. Total station survey instruments
only shall be used for layout, fixing boundaries, and centre lines, etc., along with
theodolites. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
1.4.5 Contractor shall provide permanent bench marks, flag tops and other reference points for
the proper execution of work and these shall be preserved till the end of work. All such
reference points shall be in relation to the levels and locations, given in the Architectural
and plumbing drawings.
1.5 ENGAGING SPECIALISED AGENCIES FOR WORKS:
1.5.1 The composite tender comprises of two main components: viz. Civil work and Electrical &
Mechanical works. The list of specialized items for civil works is as below:
a) Water proofing treatment.

b) Aluminum work
c) False Ceiling work/wall paneling/ interior & acoustic works/Dry Wall partition
d) Wooden flooring
e) Stainless steel door/railing
f) Structural Glazing Work.
g) Fire Check Doors
h) Post Tensioned (PT) Concrete Work
1.5.2 The Contractor shall engage specialized agencies having adequate technical capability
and experience of having executed at least one work of similar items for executing the

64
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
specialized items of the work and/or any other items of work where specialized firm is
required to be engaged as per contract conditions.
1.5.3 The Specialized agency for the work shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-Charge
well before actual commencement of the item of work. The contractor shall submit the
list of specialized agencies proposed to be engaged by him along with their technical
capability and necessary performance certificates, within 30 days of the award of work to
substantiate technical capability and experience of the agency for prior approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
1.5.4 It shall be the responsibility of main contractor to sort out any dispute / litigation with
the Specialized Agencies without any time & cost overrun to the Department. The main
contractor shall be solely responsible for settling any dispute / litigation arising out of
his agreement with the Specialized Agencies. The contractor shall ensure that the work
shall not suffer on account of litigation/ dispute between him and the specialized
agencies / sub-contractor(s). No claim of hindrance in the work shall be entertained
from the Contractor on this account. No extension of time shall be granted and no claim
what so ever, of any kind, shall be entertained from the Contractor on account of delay
attributable to the selection/rejection of the Specialized Agencies.
1.5.5 ELIGIBILITY CONDITIONS FOR APPROVAL OF SPECIALIZED AGENCIES:
The agency must be currently actively engaged in execution of the said specialized item
and must have who have satisfactorily executed similar work during last 7(Seven) years
ending last day of month previous to the one in which tenders are invited as below:
 Three similar works each of value not less than 40% of the estimated cost put to
tender of corresponding specialized item
or

 Two works each of value not less than 60% of the estimated cost put to
tender of corresponding specialized item
or

 One work of value not less than 80% of the estimated cost put to
tender of corresponding specialized item
For ascertaining the above criteria, contractor shall provide certified copy work order,
completion certificate, performance certificate against each completed similar work for
verification by Engineer in charge. In case required and directed by Engineer in charge,
contractor shall get such similar completed work inspected by Engineer in charge and
contractor shall extend all necessary help for same at no extra cost to the department.
Decision as to approve or reject the proposed specialized agency based on the inspection
of the completed work shall be final and binding on the contractor and no claim,
whatsoever, shall be admissible on this account and the contractor shall be required to
propose another specialized agency as per the required eligibility criteria.
All the above Specialized items of work shall be executed by the bidder through the
Manufacturer of the items or through their authorized applicators/installers only.

65
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
1.6 Architectural and structural Drawings:
1.6.1 Although architectural drawings are either uploaded in the web along with NIT for
reference to the bidder or made available in the office of EE-cum-SM(C)-1, Dev. Project
circle-1., CPWD, Delhi, the main working & detailed architectural drawings shall be
issued as per requirements at site. It is the duty of the contractor to intimate the
requirement of drawings reasonably well in advance and no hindrance shall be allowed
on this account.
1.6.2 The Architectural drawings given in the tender are only indicative of the nature of the
work and materials/fixings involved unless and otherwise specifically mentioned.
However, the work shall be executed in accordance with the drawings duly approved by
the Engineer-in-Charge.
1.6.3 The work shall be carried out in accordance with the drawings to be issued from time to
time, by the Engineer-in-Charge and structural drawings if any to be submitted and got
approved by the contractor from Engineer-in-charge. Before commencement of any item
of work, the contractor shall co-relate all the relevant drawings issued for the work,
nomenclature of items, specifications etc. and satisfy himself that the information
available there from is complete and unambiguous. The figures & the written dimensions
of the drawing shall supersede the measurement by scale. The discrepancy, if any, shall
be brought to the notice of the Engineer-in-Charge for immediate decision before
execution of the work. The contractor alone shall be responsible for any loss or damage
occurring by the commencement of work on the basis of any erroneous and/ or
incomplete information and no claim, whatsoever shall be entertained on this account.
The delay caused on account of non-timely action by the contractor in resolution of the
differences whatsoever shall not be considered as valid ground for extension of time
unless otherwise accepted by Engineer-In-Charge.
1.6.4 The information and site data shown in the drawings and mentioned herein and also
elsewhere in the tender documents are being furnished for general information and
guidance only. The department shall not bear responsibility for lack of such knowledge
and also the consequences thereof. The Engineer-in-charge in no case shall be held
responsible for the accuracy thereof or any interpretation/ or conclusions drawn there
from by the contractor.
2.0 CEMENT & STEEL REINFORCEMENT
2.1 Contractor has to procure Cement and Steel and has to produce manufacturers test
certificate and challan for each lot of Cement & Steel Reinforcement procured at site.
2.2 CEMENT:-
2.2.1 The contractor shall procure 43 grade ordinary Portland Cement (OPC) conforming to
IS: 8112 / Portland Pozzolona Cement (PPC) conforming to IS: 1489 (Part-1) as
stipulated in the items of work, from reputed manufacturers of cement as mentioned in
“List showing preferred brands / Manufacturers / Makes”.
2.2.2 Supply of cement shall be made in 50 kg. bags bearing manufacturer’s name and ISI
marking. Samples of cement arranged by the contractor shall be taken by the Engineer-

66
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
in-Charge and got tested in accordance with provisions of relevant BIS Codes. The
cement for such testing purpose shall be supplied by the contractor free of charge. In
case test results indicate that the cement arranged by the contractor does not conform to
the relevant BIS Codes, the same shall stand rejected and shall be removed from the site
by the contractor at his own cost within a week’s time of written order from the Engineer-
in-Charge to do so. The cost of tests shall be borne by the contractor.
2.2.3 Cement shall be brought at site in bulk supply of approximately 10 tonnes or as decided
by the Engineer-in-Charge.
2.2.4 OPC &PPC bags shall be stored in separate godowns. Separate godowns for tested cement
and fresh cement (under testing) to be constructed by the contractor at his own cost as
per sketches given in C.P.W.D Specifications having weather-proof roofs and walls. The
size of the cement godown is indicated in the sketches for guidance. The actual size of
godown shall be as per site requirements and nothing extra shall be paid for the same.
Each godown shall be provided with a single door with two locks. The keys of one lock
shall remain with Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative of the work and
that of other lock with the authorized agent of the contractor at the site of work so that
the cement is issued from godown according to the daily requirement with the knowledge
of both parties. The account of daily receipt and issue of cement shall be maintained in a
register in the prescribed proforma and signed daily by the contractor or his authorized
agent and Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative in token of its correctness.
The day to day receipt and issue accounts of different grade/brand of cement shall be
maintained separately in the standard proforma by the contractor or his authorized
representative which shall be duly signed by the authorized representative of the
Engineer-in-Charge before issue to the work on day to day basis.
Required number of cement godowns each having capacity as decided by the Engineer-in-
Charge shall be constructed by the contractor at site of work for which no extra payment
shall be made. The contractor shall be responsible for the watch and ward and safety of
the cement go-downs. The contractor shall facilitate the inspection of the cement go-
downs by the Engineer-in-Charge at any time.
The pages of the register should be machine numbered. The cement godown and the
register are required to be checked by the AE/EE in-charge of the work as mentioned
below:-
a) At least weekly or fortnightly, respectively in case of works at the he headquarters
of AE/EE and.
b) Whenever they visit the site of work in case of works located outside the Sub-
Divisional/Divisional Head Quarters.
c) In the case of large concentrated projects like major bridges etc., the EE should
check the cement register at least fortnightly.
2.2.5 The actual issue and consumption of cement on work shall be regulated and proper
accounts maintained as provided in the contract. The theoretical consumption of cement
shall be worked out as per procedure prescribed in Clause-38 of the contract and shall
be governed by the conditions laid therein.

67
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
2.2.6 If the quantity of cement actually used in the work is found to be more than the
theoretical quantity of cement including authorized variation, nothing extra shall be
payable to the contractor on this account. In the event of it being discovered that after
the completion of the work, the quantity of cement used is less than the quantity
ascertained as herein before provided (allowing variation on the minus side as stipulated
in Clause - 38), the cost of quantity of cement not so used shall be recovered from the
contractor as specified in schedule. Decision of the Engineer-in-Charge in regard to
theoretical quantity of cement which should have been actually used as per the schedule
and recovered at the rate specified, shall be final and binding on the contractor.
2.2.7 Cement brought to site and cement remaining unused after completion of work shall not
be removed from site without written permission of the Engineer-in-Charge.
2.2.8 Damaged cement shall be removed from site immediately by the contractor on receipt of
notice in writing from the Engineer-in-charge. If he does not do so within three days of
receipt of such notice, the Engineer-in-charge shall get it removed at the cost of the
contractor.
2.2.9 In case the contractor brings surplus quantity of cement the same shall be removed from
the site after completion of work by the contractor at his own cost after approval of the
Engineer-in-Charge.
2.2.10 Cement, which is not used within 90 days from its date of manufacture, shall be retested
at approved laboratory. Until the results of such tests are found satisfactory, it shall not
be used on the work.
2.2.11 The contractor may use OPC in place of PPC only and only after written permission of
Engineer-in-Charge. In such case, no extra payment shall be made in any form to the
contractor by the Department.
2.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT: -
2.3.1 (a) The Contractor shall procure IS marked TMT bars of various grades from the
Approved steel manufacturers (as per the list of approved makes furnishing part of this
document) or their authorized dealers having valid BIS license for IS: 1786-2008.
The procured steel should have following qualities:
 Excellent ductility, bend ability and elongation of finished product due to possible
refining technology.
 Consumption of steel should be accurate as per design
 Steel should have no brittleness problem in finished product.
 Steel should carry the quality of corrosion and earthquake resistance.
 Quality steel with achievement of proper level of Sulphur and phosphorus as per
IS: 1786-2008.
2.3.2 The contractor shall obtain manufacturer’s certificate stating the process of
manufacture, chemical composition and test sheet giving result of each mechanical test
applicable to the material purchased and submit it to the Engineer-in-charge. Each test
68
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
certificate shall indicate the number of the cast to which it applies corresponding to the
number or identification mark to be found on the material.
2.3.3 The Engineer-in-charge shall get each consignment tested for both chemical
composition and physical properties (including bend and re-bend test) as specified
in IS : 1786 from approved labs. In case the test results indicate that the steel arranged
by the contractor does not conform to the specifications, the same shall stand rejected,
and it shall be removed from the site of work by the contractor at his cost within a week
time on written orders from the Engineer-in-charge to do so. Else the department shall
remove it and recover double the cost of removal from the contractor.
2.3.4 The steel reinforcement bars shall be brought to the site in bulk supply of 10 tonnes or
more, or as decided by the Engineer-in-charge. In no case secondary reinforcement steel
will be allowed to use at site.
2.3.5 The steel reinforcement bars shall be stored by the contractor at site of work in such a
way as to prevent their distortion and corrosion, and nothing extra shall be paid on this
account. Bars of different sizes and lengths shall be stored separately to facilitate easy
counting and checking.
2.3.6 For checking nominal mass, tensile strength, bend test, re-bend test etc. specimens of
sufficient length shall be cut from each size of the bar at random, and at frequency
specified in Quality Manual of CPWD.
2.3.7 The contractor shall supply free of charge the steel required for testing including its
transportation to testing laboratories. The cost of tests shall be borne by the contractor.

2.3.8 The actual issue and consumption of steel on work shall be regulated and proper
accounts shall be maintained as provided in clause 10 of the contract. The theoretical
consumption of steel shall be worked out as per procedure prescribed in clause 38 of the
contract and shall be governed by conditions laid therein. In case the consumption is
less than theoretical consumption including permissible variations leading to under
designing of the structure, the work shall be summarily rejected, otherwise recovery at
the rate so prescribed shall be made after ensuring structural soundness and stability.
In case of excess consumption, no adjustment needs to be made.

2.3.9 The steel brought to site and the steel remaining unused shall not be removed from site
without the written permission of the Engineer-in-charge. Steel bars brought by the
contractor for use in the work shall be got checked from the
Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative of the work on receipt of the same at
site before use.

2.3.10 The contractor shall submit original vouchers from the manufacturer for the total
quantity of steel supplied under each consignment to be incorporated in the work. All
consignment received at the work site shall be inspected by the Site staff along with the
relevant documents before acceptance. The contractor shall obtain Original Vouchers
and Test Certificates and furnish the same to the Engineer-in-Charge in respect of all the
lots of steel brought by him from approved supplier to the site of work. The original

69
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
vouchers and test certificates shall be defaced by the Site staff and kept on record in the
site office.

2.3.11 Reinforcement including authorized spacer bars and laps shall be measured in length of
different diameters as actually (not more than as specified in the drawings) used in the
work nearest to a centimeter. Wastage and unauthorized overlaps shall not be measured.

2.3.12 The standard sectional weights referred to as in Table 5.4 in para 5.3.4 in CPWD
Specifications will be considered for conversion of length of various sizes of M.S. Bars,
Steel Bars and T.M.T. bars into Standard Weight.

2.3.13 Records of actual Sectional weights shall also be kept dia-wise and lot-wise. The average
sectional weight for each diameter shall be arrived at from samples from each lot of steel
received at site. The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final for the procedure to
be followed for determining the average sectional weight of each lot. Quantity of each
diameter of steel received at site of work each day will constitute one single lot for the
purpose. The weight of steel by conversion of length of various sizes of bars based on the
actual weighted average sectional weight shall be termed as Derived Actual Weight.

2.3.14 (a) If the Derived Weight as in sub-para (2.3.13) above is less than the Standard Weight
as in Sub-para (2.3.12) above then the Derived Actual Weight shall be taken for payment
provided, if it is within the following tolerances specified in IS1786-2008, otherwise
whole lot will be rejected.

S. No. Nominal size mm Tolerances on the Nominal Mass (in


%age)

1 Upto and including 10 mm -8%

2 Over 10 upto & including 16 mm -6%

3 Over 16 mm -4%

b) If the Derived Actual Weight is found more than the Standard Weight, the Standard
Weight as per in sub-para (2.3.12) above shall be taken for payment. In such case nothing
extra shall be paid for the difference between the Derived Actual Weight and the Standard
Weight.

c) Mixing of different type of steel/different grades of steel shall not be allowed in the same
structural members as main reinforcement to satisfy clause 26.1 of IS:456. In case
of buildings, wherever the situation necessitates, the change over shall be permitted
only from any one level onwards. In case of foundations, all foundation elements
(footings and grade beams) shall have the same kind of steel. In the case of columns, all
structural elements up to the level of change, where the changeover is taking place
should have the same kind of steel as those in columns.

70
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
The reinforcing steel brought to site of work shall be stored on brick / timber platform
of 30/40-cm height, nothing extra shall be paid on this account.

2.4 SAFETY IN CONSTRUCTION

2.4.1 The contractor shall employ only such methods of construction, tools and plants as are
appropriate.

2.4.2 The contractor shall take all precautions and measures to ensure safety of works and
work man and shall be fully responsible for the same.

2.4.3 Safety pertaining to construction such as centering & shuttering, scaffolds, ladders,
working platforms, gangway etc. shall be governed by CPWD safety code, relevant
safety codes and the directions of Engineer in charge.

2.4.4 All the staging to be either of tubular steel structure with adequate bracings as
approved or made of built up structural sections made from rolled structural steel
sections.

2.4.5 Form work shall be properly designed for self weight, weight of reinforcement, weight of
fresh concrete and in addition the various live loads likely to be imposed during
construction process.

2.4.6 The form work shall be designed & constructed so as to remain sufficiently rigid
during placing & compaction of concrete & shall be such as to prevent loss of
slurry from the concrete.

2.4.7 The vertical supports shall be adequately braced or otherwise secured in position that
these do not fall when the load gets released or the supports are accidentally hit.

2.4.8 A thorough inspection of tubular steel centering is necessary before its erection and
members showing evidence of excessive rusting, kinks, dents or damaged welds shall
be discarded. Buckled or broken members shall be replaced. Care shall also be taken
that locking devices are in good working order and that coupling pins are effectively
aligned to frames. Tubes should have end to end joints in adjacent tubes staggered.
Sleeve couplers should be used in preference to joint pins for axial connections.

2.4.9 Inclined forms which give rise to very high horizontal forces should be taken care of by
trussing and diagonal bracing

2.4.10 Vertical members should be placed centrally under the members to be supported and
over the member supporting them with no eccentricity exceeding 25mm

2.4.11 The centering frames shall be tied together with sufficient braces to make a rigid and
solid unit. It shall be ensured that struts and diagonal braces are in proper position and
are secured so that frames develop full load carrying capacity. As erection progresses, all
connecting devices shall be in place and shall be fastened for full stability of joints and
units.

71
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
2.4.12 Wedges under the supports shall be set on firm soil / PCC which assures adequate
stability for all props. Care shall be taken not to disturb the soil under the supports.
Adequate drainage shall be provided to drain away the water coming due to rains,
easing of forms or during the curing of the concrete to avoid softening of the supporting
soil strata.

2.4.13 During pouring of the concrete the centering shall be constantly inspected and
strengthened, if required wedges below the vertical supports tightened and adjustment
screws properly adjusted as necessary.

2.4.14 Only workmen actually engaged in the form work shall be allowed in the area during
operations. Those engaged in removing the form work shall wear helmets, gloves and
heavy soled shoes and approved safety belts etc.

2.4.15 The safety code as lay down in respective clauses of Agreement shall be strictly
followed.

2.4.16 Necessary First-Aid kit shall be available at the site.

2.4.17 Adequate signage indicating ‘Work in Progress – Inconvenience caused is Regretted’ or


Diversion Signs shall be put on the sites conspicuously visible to the public even
during night hours. These are extremely essential where works are carried out at public
places in use by the public.

2.5 Water Supply & Sanitary Installations & Testing:


2.5.1 Water tanks, taps, sanitary, water supply and drainage pipes, fittings and accessories
should conform to approved manufacturers specifications wherever CPWD
Specifications are not applicable. The contractor should get the materials
(fixtures/fittings) tested from approved labs wherever required at his own cost. The
contractor shall submit for the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge, the name of the
plumbing agency (along with their working experience in recent past) proposed to be
engaged by him.
2.5.2 The contractor shall give performance test of the entire installation(s) as per the
standing specifications before the work is finally accepted and nothing extra
whatsoever shall be payable to the contractor for the test.
2.6 Scaffolding & Staging:
2.6.1 Wherever required for the execution of work, all the scaffolding shall be provided and
suitably fixed, by the contractor. The scaffolding shall be provided strictly with steel
double scaffolding system having two sets of vertical supports with steel staircase for
inspection of works by engineer in charge, suitably braced for stability, with all the
accessories, gangways, etc with adjustable suitable working platforms to access the
areas with ease for working and inspection. Single scaffolding system is strictly
prohibited and shall invite necessary action. It shall be designed to take all incidental
loads. It should cater to the safety features for workmen. Nothing extra shall be payable

72
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
on this account. It shall be ensured that no damage is caused to any structure due to
the scaffolding.
2.6.2 The contractor should submit the shop drawings of staging and shuttering for
approval of Engineer-in-Charge before actually commencing the execution of work
under the item. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
2.6.3 The whole building shall be covered with Green Nets which shall be properly tied with
the scaffolding in order to prevent any object from falling outside the work/scaffolding
area.
2.7 Product delivery, storage and handling of chemicals:
2.7.1 The contractor shall construct storage space for Chemicals to ensure that the storage
conditions are as recommended by the manufactures.
2.7.2 All the materials shall be procured and delivered in sealed containers with labels legible
and intact.
2.7.3 All the chemicals (polymers, epoxy, water proofing compound, plasticizer, Polysulphide,
all exterior and interior paints, polish etc.) shall be procured in convenient packs say
20 litres/Kgs.} capacity packing only or as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge, and
not in bigger capacity containers, say 200 litre (Kgs.) drums unless otherwise
specifically permitted by the Engineer-in-Charge. One sample from each lot of the
chemical procured by the contractor shall be tested in the approved.
2.7.4 All material required for the execution of the work shall be got approved, procured and
deposited with the Departmental supervisory staff. The materials shall be kept in joint
custody of the contractor and the Department. The watch and ward of such material
shall, however, remain to be the responsibility of the contractor and no claim,
whatsoever, on this account shall be entertained. Different containers of each
chemical shall be serially numbered on packing and also consumed in that order.
Day-to-Day account of receipt, issue and balance shall be regulated by the
Department and proper account shall be maintained at site of work in the prescribed
form as per the standard practice.
2.7.5 All the chemicals shall be procured by the contractor directly from the manufacturer.
In exceptional circumstances, the contractor may be allowed to procure the materials
from the authorized dealers of the manufacturers, if specifically permitted by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
2.7.6 The original copies of challan / cash memos towards the quantity of various chemicals
procured shall be made available by the contractor at the request from the Engineer-
in-Charge and a copy of the same shall be kept in record.
2.7.7 The Name of manufacturers, manufacturer’s product identification, manufacturer’s
mixing instructions, warning for handling and toxicity and date of manufacturing and
shelf life shall be clearly and legibly mentioned on the labels of the each container.
2.7.8 The contractor shall submit for the chemicals procured, manufacturer’s and / or
authorized dealer’s certificate regarding supplying and verifying conformance to the
material specifications, as specified.
2.7.9 All filled containers shall be handled in safe manner and in a way to avoid breaking
container seals.

73
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
2.7.10 Empty containers of the chemicals should not be removed from site till the completion
of work and shall be removed only with the written approval of the Engineer-in-
Charge.
2.7.11 All arrangements for measuring, dosing and mixing of material / chemicals at site have
to be made by the contractor.
2.7.12 Contractor shall suitably advise his site Engineer and all the workers as regards safe
handling of chemicals. Necessary protective and safety equipments in form of hand
gloves, goggles etc. shall be provided by the contractor and be also used at site.
2.7.13 All incidental charges of any kind including cartage, storage and wastage and safe
custody of material etc. shall be borne by the contractor and no claim, whatsoever,
shall be entertained on this account.
2.7.14 The chemicals shall be tested in an approved independent laboratory at the frequency
as specified. If required, more samples may have to be tested as per the directions of
the Engineer-in-Charge. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. Testing
charges shall be borne by the contractor.

74
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS
(Civil Component)

1.0 EARTH WORK:-


1.1 Earth work shall be executed as per CPWD specifications-2019- Vol. I & Vol. II and
National Building Code 2016 with upto date correction slips.
1.2 All the major excavation shall be carried out by mechanical excavator. No extra payment
shall be made for that.
1.3 The contractor shall make at his own cost all necessary arrangements for maintaining
water level, in the area where works are under execution low enough so as not to cause
any harm to the works or problems in carrying out with the execution and the rates
for all items of work shall be considered as inclusive of pumping out or bailing out
water, if required and for which no extra payment shall be made. This will include water
coming from any source, such as rains, accumulated rain water, floods, leakages from
sewer and water mains subsoil water table being high or due to any other cause
whatsoever. The contractor shall make necessary provision of pumping, dredging,
bailing out water coming from all above sources and excavation and other works shall be
kept free of water by providing suitable system approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
1.4 De-watering required, if any, shall be done conforming to BIS Code IS: 9759 (guide
lines for de-watering during construction) and / or as per the specifications approved
by the Engineer-in-Charge. Design of an appropriate and suitable dewatering system
shall be the Contractor’s responsibility. Such scheme shall be modified / augmented
as the work proceeds based on fresh information discovered during the progress of
work, at no extra cost. At all times during the construction work, efficient drainage of
the site shall be carried out by the Contractor and especially during the laying of plain
cement concrete, taking levels, etc. The Contractor shall also ensure that there is no
danger to the nearby properties and installations on account of such lowering of water
table. If needed, suitable precautionary measures shall be taken by the Contractor.
Also the scheme of dewatering adopted shall have adequate built in arrangement to
serve as stand-bye to attend to repair of pumps etc. and disruption of power / fuel
supply. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
Sub-soil water table level may vary due to rainy season or due to dewatering etc. In
order to avoid possibility of basement floor of building being getting
uplifted/damaged due to water pressure, the contractor shall make arrangement
for lowering the ground water table below the proposed foundation level as
approved by Engineer-in-charge. Sub soil water table shall be maintained at least 50
cm below the P.C.C level during laying of P.C.C., water proofing t r e a t m e n t , laying of
raft and beams including filling of earth/sand under the basement floor. The water
table shall not be allowed to rise above base of raft level until completion of outer
retaining walls including water proofing of vertical surface of walls and back filling
along the walls up to ground level and until the structure attains such height to

75
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
counter balance the uplift pressure. However, the contractor should inspect the site
and make his own assessment about sub-soil water level likely to be encountered at
the time of execution and quote his rates accordingly. Rate of all items are inclusive of
pumping out or bailing out water, if required. Nothing extra on this account whatsoever
shall be paid to him unless otherwise specified. The sequence of construction shall be
got approved by the Engineer-in-charge.

1.5 In trenches where surface water is likely to get into cut / trench during monsoons, a
ring bund of puddle clay or by any other means shall be formed outside, to the required
height, and maintained by the Contractor. Also, suitable steps shall be taken by the
Contractor to prevent back flow of pumped water into the trench. Nothing extra shall
be payable on this account.
1.6 Any trenching and digging for laying sewer lines/water lines/cables etc. shall be
commenced by the contractor only when all men, machinery’s and materials have been
arranged and closing of the trench(s) thereafter shall be ensured within the least
possible time.
1.7 All excavated material including excavated earth declared as surplus and not useful, shall be
removed from the site by the contractor within the scope of this agreement. The removal of
surplus material from the site shall be undertaken by the contractor only when instructions
in this regard are obtained from the Engineer-in-charge.
1.8 Dumping shall be at designated place identified by the agency. Contractor shall also obtain
necessary permission/approval/authorization from the competent authority of local
body/traffic/police as the case may be for removal of excavated earth/material. No
payment/fee on this account shall be entertained by the department.
1.9 All Excavated material including excavated earth declared as surplus shall be removed from
the Site by the contractor at his own cost. The removal of surplus Material shall only be
undertaken by the contractor with prior approval of Engineer in charge. The Royalty of
surplus earth, if any, shall be paid by the contractor to concerned authority of state
government at the prevailing royalty rates and same will not be reimbursed to him by the
Department.
1.10 The name, qualifications, record of previous jobs of a similar nature of dewatering of sub-
contractor personnel to be employed on the work shall be submitted to the Project Engineer
for approval. Two weeks prior to commencement of installation of the dewatering system,
Contractor shall submit to the Engineer in Charge for his technical approval, complete plans,
details and description of the dewatering system.
1.11 Approval of the dewatering system by the Engineer in Charge shall in no way relieve the
Contractor from his responsibility of satisfying the entire dewatering requirements as
specified herein.

76
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
1.12 The Contractor shall install, maintain and operate a system of wells, trenches and pumps as
required for performing the excavations for the areas and subsequent construction of the
structure and placement of backfill, in dry condition.
1.13 In case any damage is caused to the work, in the opinion of Engineer in charge, due to
inadequacy or failure of the dewatering system, in part or in whole, then the supply of all
labour, materials and plant, such damage shall be undertaken and re-done by the contractor
at his own cost.
1.14 The cost of any damage caused to the structures or other equipment’s due to the failure of
the dewatering system shall be borne by the contractor and shall be covered by proper
insurance to be provided by the contractor, in accordance with insurance clauses mention
above fore para and in the “General Conditions of Contract-2023 – Construction Works”.
The Contractor will carry out the detailed investigation from geological expert in field to
assess the impact of excavation of the site on the adjoining structures and will make all
precautions at site and stabilize the cut slopes of the site to avoid sudden caving in, in order
to safeguard adjoining structures located in the vicinity of the site at their own cost. The
legal liability in case of any damage to the adjoining structure rest with the Contractor only.
1.15 The Contractor shall not permit the accumulation of surface water within the confines of
the excavation areas. The Contractor shall control, remove and divert surface water run-off,
and water discharging from the dewatering system away from the excavations, to a point
outside the working area as required by the Engineer in Charge.
1.16 The Contractor shall perform all work including, but not limited to, the construction and
maintenance of ditches and sumps and provide, install, maintain and operate pumps and
pipelines of adequate capacity as are necessary for the effective control of surface run-off
and ground water not required to be intercepted by the dewatering system.
1.17 The Contractor shall make necessary arrangement for power supply which shall be of
sufficient capacity to maintain all pumps and equipment for both the Basic and Standby
systems, operating on a continuous basis.
1.18 The Contractor shall supply, install and maintain an alarm system that will alert responsible
personnel at the time of power failure and at the same time will automatically activate the
standby units.
1.19 Contractor shall obtain necessary permissions from the competent authority of local body
or regulatory body traffic, irrigation department etc at his own level to drain out of de-
watering water. The arrangement is including cost of material in respect of laying pipes,
making drains from site to the final disposal of dewatering pump out water shall be make by
the contractor at his own level and cost. No claim shall be entertained on this account by
the department.

2.0 DELETED
3.0 CONCRETE & R.C.C. WORK:-

77
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
3.1 CONCRETE WORK:
3.1.1 The work shall be done in accordance with CPWD Specifications-2019- Vol.I & Vol. II
with upto date correction slips.
3.1.2 If the quantity of cement actually used in the work is found to be more than the
theoretical quantity of cement including authorized variation, nothing extra shall be
payable to the contractor on this account. In the event of it being discovered that after
the completion of the work, the quantity of cement used is less than the quantity
ascertained as herein before provided (allowing variation on the minus side as stipulated
in clause 38) the cost of quantity of cement so less used shall be recovered from the
contractor at the rate as specified in schedule ‘F’. Decision of the Engineer-in-Charge in
regard to the quantity of cement which should have been actually used as per the
schedule and recovery at the rate specified shall be final and binding on the contractor.
3.1.3 For non-scheduled items, the decision of the Superintending Engineer regarding
theoretical quantity of the cement which should have been actually used shall be final
and binding on the contractor.
3.2 Ready Mix Concrete:
3.2.1 The contractor shall bring Ready Mix Concrete from approved RMC plants as mentioned in
the list showing preferred Brands/ Manufacturers/Makes enclosed in this NIT. The
contractor has to produce text of MOU proposed to be entered between purchaser (the
contractor) and supplier (R.M.C. plant) to the Engineer-in-charge. The Engineer-in-
charge shall give approval in writing. The contractor shall draw the MOU with approved
RMC plant owner / company and submit to Engineer-in-charge within a week of such
approval. The contractor will not be allowed to purchase ready mixed concrete without
completion of above stated formalities for use in this project.
3.2.2 Notwithstanding the approval granted by Engineer-in-charge in aforesaid manner, the
contractor shall be fully responsible for quality of concrete including input control,
transportation and placement etc.
3.2.3 The Engineer-in-charge will reserve right to inspect at any such stage and reject the
concrete if he is not satisfied about quality of product. The contractor should therefore
draw MOU / agreement with RMC owner / company very carefully keeping all terms and
conditions / specifications forming a part of this tender document.
(i) The Engineer-in-charge reserves the right to exercise control over the ingredients,
water and admixtures purchased, stored and to be used in the concrete including
conducting of tests for checking quality of materials, recordings of test results and
declaring the materials fit or unfit for use in production of mix.
(ii) Calibration check of the RMC.
(iii) Weight and quantity check on the ingredients, water and admixtures added for batch
mixing.
(iv) Time of mixing of concrete.

78
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
(v) Testing of fresh concrete, recordings of results and declaring the mix fit or unfit for
use. This will include continuous control on the workability during production and
taking corrective action.
3.2.4 For exercising such control, the Engineer-in-charge shall periodically depute his
authorized representative at the RMC plant. It shall be responsibility of the contractor to
ensure that all necessary equipment manpower & facilities are made available to E-in-C
and/ or his authorized representative at RMC plant.
3.2.5 Ingredients, admixtures & water declared unfit for use in production of mix shall not
be used. A batch mix found unfit for use shall not be loaded into the truck for
transportation.
3.2.6 All required relevant records of RMC shall be made available to the Engineer-in-
charge or his authorized representative. The E-in-C shall, as required, specify
guidelines & additional procedures for quality control & other parameters in respect of
materials and production & transportation of concrete mix, which shall be binding
on the contractor & the RMC plant.
3.2.7 The Design Mix Concrete will be designated based on the principles given in BIS codes
IS:456, IS:10262 & SP:23. The condition and specifications stated herein shall have
precedence over all conditions and specifications stated in relevant BIS codes/CPWD
specifications. The concrete mix shall be designed for specified target mean compressive
strength in order to ensure that the work test results do not fall below the acceptance
criteria specified for the concrete mix. The Contractor shall design mixes for each class of
concrete indicating that the concrete ingredients and proportions will result in concrete
mix meeting requirements specified. The mix shall be designed with quantities of
admixture / plasticizer proposed to achieve required workability & strength. The
specifications mentioned here in below shall be followed for Design Mix Concrete.
3.3 Ingredients:
3.3.1 The sources of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, water, admixture & cement to be used in
concrete work shall be identified by the contractor & he will satisfy himself regarding
their conforming to the relevant specifications & their availability before getting the same
approved from the Engineer-In-Charge.
(a) Coarse Aggregate:- As per CPWD Specifications-2019- Vol.I & Vol. II with up to
date correction slips.
(b) Fine Aggregate:- As per CPWD Specifications-2019- Vol.I & Vol. II with up to
date correction slips.
(c) Water:- It shall conform to requirements laid down in IS:456-2000 /
CPWD Specifications (Vol. I 2019) with up to date correction
slips
(d) Cement:- Portland Pozzolona Cement (Fly Ash based) conforming to IS:
1489/ OPC of grade 43 shall confirm to IS: 8112, required in
the work from reputed manufacturers of cement as per the
approved make in 50 kg. bags bearing manufacturer’s name
79
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
and ISI marking, along with manufacturers test certificate for
each lot. Portland Pozzolona Cement is to be used for RCC
works only subject to fulfillment of conditions of circular
number CDO / SE (RR) / fly ash (MAN) 02 dated 09.04.09
shall be used for design mix concrete and shall conform to
IS-1489 (Part I). However, if the contractor uses higher grade
of cement nothing extra shall be paid.
e) Admixture/ Plasticizer: - The admixture shall conform to IS: 9103. The chloride
content in admixture shall satisfy the requirement of BS:
5075. The total amount of chlorides in admixture mixed
concrete shall also satisfy the requirements of IS: 456:2000.
Admixtures shall not be used without approval of Engineer-
in-Charge. Whenever required, the admixture of approved
quality & approved make only shall be used to attain the
required workability. Nothing extra on account of use of
Admixture / Plasticizer shall be payable.
3.4. WATER CEMENT RATIO AND SLUMP
3.4.1 In proportioning a particular mix, the manufacturer/producer/contractor shall give due
consideration to the moisture content in the aggregates.
3.4.2 Due consideration shall be given to the workability of the concrete thus produced.
Slump shall be controlled on the basis of placement in different situations.
3.5 CHARACTERISTIC COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENT
In the designation of concrete mix letter M refers to the mix and the number to the
specified characteristic compressive strength of 15 cm – Cube at 28 days expressed in
N/mm2.
Specified Mean of the Group of 4 Non- Individual Test
Grade overlapping consecutive test results Results in N/mm2
in N/mm2
(1) (2) (3)
M25 ≥ Fck + 0.825 x established standard ≥ Fck – 4 N/mm2
deviation (rounded off to nearest 0.5
Or
N/mm2)
Above
Or
Fck + 4 N/mm2, whichever is greater
where fck is characteristic compressive
strength of CC cube at 28 days.
Note : (i) In the absence of established value of standard deviation, the
values given in Table as mentioned below may be assumed, and
attempt should be made to obtain results of 30 samples as early

80
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
as possible to establish the value of standard deviation.
(ii) The acceptance criteria for compressive strength as mentioned in
IS:456- 2000 as amended up to date shall prevail over the
above
criteria in case of any difference.

3.6 The Contractor, at his own cost, shall engage one of the following approved
laboratories / test house for designing the concrete mix in accordance with relevant
IS Code and to conduct laboratory tests to ensure the target strength & workability
criteria for a given grade of concrete: -
(i) IIT Delhi
(ii) National Council for Cement & Building Materials, Ballabhgarh
(iii) CRRI, Delhi
(iv) Delhi Technological University (formerly Delhi College of Engineering)
The various ingredients for mix design / laboratory tests shall be sent to the lab/ test
houses through the Engineer-in-charge and the samples of such aggregates sent shall
be preserved at site by the department. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
In the event if all the above laboratories are unable to carry out the requisite design/
testing, the contractor may have it done from any other NABL accredited laboratory
with prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge.
3.7 The contractor shall submit the report on design mix from any of above approved
laboratories for approval of Engineer in Charge within 30 days from the date of
issue of letter of acceptance of the tender. In case of the likely use of admixtures in
concrete, the contractor shall design and test the concrete mix by using trial mixes with
admixtures also, for which nothing extra shall be payable.
3.8 In case of change of source or characteristic properties of the ingredients used in the
concrete mix design during the work, the contractor as per the directions of the
Engineer-in-charge shall submit a revised concrete mix design report obtained from the
approved Laboratory or as per the direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. Nothing extra
shall be paid on this account.
3.9 All cost of mix designing and testing, connected therewith, including charges payable to
the laboratory shall be borne by the Contractor including redesigning of the concrete
mix whenever required & as directed by Engineer-In-Charge.
3.10 The mix design for a specified grade of concrete shall be done for a target mean
compressive strength Tck = Fck + 1.65s
Where Fck = Characteristic compressive strength at 28 days.

s = Standard deviation which depends on degree of quality


control.

81
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
The degree of Quality Control for this work is “good” for which the standard deviation
obtained for different grades of concrete shall be as follows: -

GRADE OF CONCRETE STANDARD DEVIATION


M-20 4.0
M-25 4.0
M-30 5.0
M-35 5.0
M-40 5.0
However, actual standard deviation based on test strength of samples for each grade of
concrete shall be calculated separately as per procedure laid down in clause 9.2.4 of
Code of Practice IS 456:2000.
3.10.1 TRIAL BATCHES
(a) The designed mix proportions shall be checked for target mean compressive
strength by means of trial batches.
(b) Minimum three sets of separate preliminary tests shall be carried out for each
trial batch of concrete mix. Each test shall comprise of six specimens and only
one test-set of six specimens shall be made on any particular day.
(c) The quantities of materials for each trial mix shall be sufficient for at least six
specimens (cubes) and the concrete required for carrying out workability tests.
The samples of cement, aggregate (fine & coarse) to be sent to the laboratories
shall be sealed in the presence of the Engineer- in –Charge or his authorized
representative and shall have his signature and cost of packaging, sealing,
transportation, loading, unloading, cost of samples and the testing charges for
Mix design in all cases shall be borne by the contractor.
(d) The workability of trial mix No.1 shall be measured and mix shall be carefully
observed for freedom from segregation, bleeding and its finishing characteristics.
The water content, if required, shall be adjusted corresponding to the required
changes in the workability.
(e) With the modified Water Content, the mix proportions shall be recalculated by
keeping with water cement ratio unchanged. The mix proportion, as modified,
shall form the Trial Mix No.2 and tested for the specified strength and workability.
(f) In addition, trial mix No.3 and 4 shall be designed by keeping water contents
same as that determined for trial mix 2 but varying the water cement ratio by + 10
percent of the specified value and tested for their design characteristics.
(g) Out of the six specimen of each set, three shall be tested at seven days and
remaining three at 28 days. The preliminary tests at seven days are intended only

82
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
to indicate the strength to be attained at 28 days, while the design mix shall be
approved only on the basis of test strength at 28 days.
3.10.2 APPROVAL OF DESIGN MIX
The design mix shall be considered satisfactory and approved if at least three preliminary
test-sets individually satisfy the following strength and workability criteria:
(a) The average strength of each test-set is not less than the specified target mean
compressive strength (Tck).
(b) The strength of any specimen cube is not less than 0.85 fck.
(c) The concrete mix is of required degree of workability and acceptable concrete
finish.

3.11 DESIGN MIX CONCRETE FROM FULLY AUTOMATIC COMPUTERISED CONCRETE


BATCHING AND MIXING PLANT
3.11.1 Proportioning Concrete
In proportioning cement concrete, the quantity of both cement and aggregates shall
be determined by weight. The cement shall be weighed separately from the
aggregates. Water shall either be measured by volume in calibrated tanks or
weighed. All measuring equipment shall be maintained in a clean and serviceable
condition. The amount of mixing water shall be adjusted to compensate for moisture
content in both coarse and fine aggregates. The moisture content of aggregates shall
be determined in accordance with IS : 2386 (Part III). Suitable adjustments shall
also be made in the weights of aggregates to allow for the variation in weight of
aggregates due to variation in moisture content.

3.11.2 Production of Concrete


3.11.2.1 The concrete shall be produced in a central batching and mixing plant with,
computerized printing for contents and admixture dosage. The batching plant shall
be fully automatic. Automatic batcher shall be charged by devices which, when
actuated by a Single starter switch will automatically start the weighing operation of
each material and stop automatically, when the designated weight of each material
has been reached. The batching plant shall have automatic arrangement for
dispensing the admixture and shall also be capable of discharging water in more
than one stage. A print out from the batching plant for every lot shall be submitted.
A batching plant essentially shall consist of the following components :.
 Separate storage bins for different sizes of aggregates, silo for cement; and water
storage tank
 Batching equipment
 Mixers
 Control panels
 Mechanical material feeding and elevating arrangements

83
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
3.11.2.2 The compartments of storage bins for aggregates shall be approximately of equal
size. The cement compartment shall be centrally located in the batching plant. It
shall be watertight and provided with necessary air vent, aeration fittings for proper
flow of cement & emergency cement cut off gate. The aggregate and sand shall be
charged by power operated centrally revolving chute. The entire plant from mixer
floor upward shall be enclosed and insulated. The batch bins shall be constructed so
as to by self-cleansing during drawdown. The batch bins shall in general conform to
the requirements of IS : 4925.
3.11.2.3 The batching equipment shall be capable of determining and controlling the
prescribed amounts of various constituent materials for concrete accurately i.e. water,
cement, sand, individual size of coarse aggregates etc. The accuracy of the measuring
devices shall fall within the following limits.
Measurement of Cement +/-2% of the quantity of cement in each
batch

Measurement of Water +3/-% of the quantity of water in each


batch
+3/-% of the quantity of aggregate in each
Measurement of
Aggregate batch

+3/-% of the quantity of admixture in


Measurement of
Admixture each batch

The batching and mixing plant shall have the provision of adjusting the plus / minus
quantity of various ingredients in the next batch so that there is no variation in
quantity of ingredients from design mix in a lot consisting of 5 to 6 batches.
Nothing shall be paid extra for installation and cost of batching plant and other
arrangement for making necessary test of design mix concrete.

3.11.2.4 Water:
1. Water to be used in manufacturing and curing of Concrete shall be tested
before use. All such tests shall be submitted to the Engineer in charge for his
approval before water is used in work.
2. Contractor shall identify the location of source of water intended to be used.
Each such source of water shall be separately tested. In the event of a change
in source of water all tests specified herein shall have to be repeated.
3. In the event of water is drawn from tube wells or open wells, water samples
shall be tested for seasonal fluctuations in water table or at intervals to be
directed by the Engineer in charge.
4. Periodic testing of water to be conducted as specified in the CPWD Quality
Assurance Manual-2022.

84
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
3.11.2.5 Mixing Concrete
3.11.2.5.1 The mixer in the batching plant shall be so arranged that mixing action in the
mixers can be observed from the operator's station. The mixer shall be equipped
with a mechanically or electrically operated timing, signalling and metering device
which will indicate and assure completion of the required mixing period. The mixer
shall have all other components as specified in IS : 4925.
3.11.2.6 Transportation, Placing and Compaction of Concrete
3.11.2.6.1 Mixed concrete from the batching plant shall be transported to the point of
placement by transit mixers or through concrete pumps or steel closed bottom
buckets capable of carrying 0.6 cum concrete. In case the concrete is proposed to
be transported by transit mixer, the mixer speed shall not be less than 4 rev/
min. of the drum nor greater than a speed resulting in a peripheral velocity of the
drum as 70 m / minute at its largest diameter. The agitating speed of the agitator
shall be not less than 2 rev / min. nor more than 6 rev / min. of the drum. The
number of revolutions of the mixing drum or blades at mixing speed shall be
between 70 to 100 revolutions for a uniform mix, after all ingredients, have been
charged into the drum. Unless tempering water is added, all rotation after 100
revolutions shall be at agitating speed of 2 to 6 rev / min. and the number of such
rotations shall not exceed 250. The general construction of transit mixer and
other requirements shall conform to IS : 5892.
3.11.2.6.2 In case concrete is to be transported by pumping, the conduit shall be primed by
pumping a batch of mortar / thick cement slurry through the line to lubricate it.
Once the pumping is started, it shall not be interrupted (if at all possible) as
concrete standing idle in the line is liable to cause a plug. The operator shall
ensure that some concrete is always there in the pump-receiving hopper during
operation. The lines shall always be maintained clean and shall be free of dents at
all stages. Special precaution shall be taken that surrounding temperature during
concreting shall not exceed 30 degree centigrade.
3.11.2.6.3 Materials for pumped concrete shall be batched consistently and uniformly.
Maximum size of aggregate shall not exceed one-third of the internal diameter of
the pipe. Grading of aggregate shall be continuous and shall have sufficient ultra
fine materials (materials finer than 0.25mm). Proportion of fine aggregates passing
through 0.25mm shall be between 15 & 30% and that passing through 0.125 mm
sieve shall not be less than 5% of the total volume of aggregate. When pumping
long distances and through hot weather, set-retarding admixtures may be used.
Admixtures to improve workability can be added. Suitability of concrete shall be
through pumping shall be verified by trial mixes and by performing pumping
tests.
3.11.2.6.4 Except where otherwise agreed to by the Engineer-in-Charge, concrete shall be
deposited in horizontal layers to a compacted depth of not more than 450 mm.
Unless agreed to by the Engineer- in-Charge, concrete shall not be dropped into
place from a height exceeding 1.5m. In order to avoid such situations chutes,
tremie pipe or closed bottom buckets shall be used. These shall be kept clean and
used in such a way as to avoid segregation. Slope of the chute shall be so
adjusted that concrete flows without the use of excessive quantity of water. The
delivery end of chute shall be as close as possible to the point of deposit. The
85
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
chute shall be thoroughly flushed with water before and after each working period
and the water used for this purpose shall be discharged outside the formwork.
The concrete shall be compacted by using immersion type vibrators. When the
concrete is being continuously deposited to a uniform depth along a member,
vibrator shall not be operated within one meter of free end of the advancing
concrete. Every effort shall be made to keep the surface of the previously placed
layer of concrete alive so that the succeeding layer can be amalgamated with it by
the vibration process. In case the concrete in underlying layer has hardened to
such an extent that it cannot be penetrated by the vibrator but is still fresh (that
is, just after initial set), un-imposed bond shall be achieved between the top and
underlying layer by first scarifying the lower layer before the new concrete is
placed by systematically and thoroughly vibrating the new concrete. The points of
insertion of vibrator in the concrete shall be so spaced that the range of action
overlap to some extent and the freshly filled concrete is sufficiently consolidated
at all locations. The spacing between the dipping positions of vibrator shall be
maintained uniformly throughout the surface of concrete so that concrete is
uniformly vibrated. The vibrating head shall be regularly and uniformly inserted
in the concrete so that it penetrates of its own accord and shall be withdrawn
slowly whilst running so as to allow redistribution of concrete in its way and allow
the concrete to flow back into the hole behind the vibrator. The vibrator head
shall be kept in one position till the concrete within its influence is completely
consolidated. Vibration shall be continued until the coarse aggregate particle have
blended into the surface but have not disappeared. The contractor shall keep at
least one additional vibrator in serviceable condition to be used in the event of
breakdowns and maintenance problems.
3.11.2.6.5 The vibrator head shall not be brought more than 200 mm near to the formwork
as this may cause formation of water stagnations. The formwork shall be strong
and great care shall be exercised in its assembly. It shall be designed to take up
increased pressure of concrete and pressure variations caused in the
neighbourhood of vibrating head, which may result in excessive local stress on the
formwork. The joints of the formwork shall be made and maintained tight and
close enough to prevent the squeezing out slurry or sucking in of air during
vibration. The formwork to receive concrete shall be cleaned and made free from
standing water, dust, etc. The contractor shall keep provision for screed and
shutter vibrators at site.
3.11.2.6.6 No concrete shall be placed in any part of the structure until the approval of
Engineer-in-Charge has been obtained. If concreting is not started within 24
hours of the approval being given, it shall have to be obtained again from the
Engineer-in-Charge. Concreting shall be done continuously over the area between
construction joints. Fresh concrete shall not be placed against concrete which
has been in position for more than 30 minutes unless a proper construction joint
is formed. When concreting has to be resumed on a surface which has hardened,
it shall be roughened, swept, clean, thoroughly wetted and covered with a 13 mm
thick layer of mortar composed of cement and sand in the same ratio as in the
concrete mix itself. The 13 mm layer of mortar shall be freshly mixed and placed
immediately before placing of new concrete.
3.11.2.6.7 Where concrete is not fully hardened, all latency shall be removed by scrubbing
the wet surface with wire or bristle brushes. Care shall be taken to avoid
dislodgement of particles of coarse aggregate. The surface shall then be

86
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
thoroughly wetted, all free water removed and then coated with neat cement
grout. Particular attention shall be given to corners and close spots.
3.11.2.6.8 In case of rejection of concrete on account of unacceptable compressive strength,
governed by para “Standard of Acceptance” as above, the work for which samples
have failed shall be redone at the cost of contractor. However, the Engineer-in-
Charge may order for additional tests (like cutting cores, ultrasonic pulse velocity
test, load test on structure on part of structure, etc) to be carried out at the cost
of contractor to ascertain if the portion of structure wherein concrete represented
by the sample has been used, can be retained on the basis of results of individual
or combination of these tests. The Contractor shall take remedial measures
necessary to retain the structure as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge without
any extra cost. However, for payment, the basis of rate payable to contractor shall
be governed by the 28 days cube test results.
3.11.2.6.9 Except where shown otherwise on the drawing, reinforcement shall continue
through construction joints. The foreign matter and laitance shall be cleaned
properly by compressed air before starting further work. The contractor shall not
provide construction joints other than approved by Engineer-in-Charge. If done so
nothing extra shall be paid.
3.12 PREPARATION OF MIXES AS PER APPROVED DESIGN MIX AND CONDUCTING
CONFIRMATORY TEST AT FIELD LAB.
3.12.1 The contractor shall make the cubes of trial mixes as per approved Mix design at site
laboratory for all grades, in presence of Engineer in charge using sample of
approved materials proposed to be used in the work prior to commencement of
concreting and get them tested in his presence to his entire satisfaction for 7 days
and 28 days . Test cubes shall be taken from trial mixes as follows.
3.12.2 For each mix, a set of six cubes shall be made from each of the three consecutive
batches. Three cubes from each set of six shall be tested at age of 7 days and
remaining three cubes at age of 28 days. The cubes shall be made, cured,
transported and tested strictly in accordance with specifications. The average
strength of nine cubes at age of 28 days shall exceed the specified target mean
strength for which design mix has been approved, the evaluation of test results will
be done as per IS : 456-2000.
3.12.3 Frequency of Sampling
3.12.3.1 Sampling Procedure engaged for
A random sampling procedure shall be adopted to ensure that each concrete batch
shall have a reasonable chance of being tested that is the sampling should be spread
over the entire period of concreting and cover all mixing units.
3.12.3.2 Frequency

The minimum frequency of sampling of concrete of each grade shall be in accordance


with the CPWD Quality Assurance Manual-2022.

87
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
3.12.4 Test Specimen
Three test specimens shall be made for each sample for testing at 28 days. Additional
samples may be required for various purposes such as to determine the strength of
concrete at 7 days or at the time of striking the formwork, or to determine the
duration of curing, or to check the testing error. Additional samples may also be
required for testing samples cured by accelerated methods as described in IS 9103.
The specimen shall be tested as described in IS 516.
3.12.5 Test Results of Sample
The test results of the sample shall be the average of the strength of three specimen.
The individual variation shall not be more than +/- 15 percent of the average. If
variation is more, the test results of the sample are invalid. 90% of the total tests
shall be done at the laboratory established at site by the contractor and remaining
10% in the laboratory of IIT/NIT, or in any other NABL accredited laboratory as
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
3.12.6 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
3.12.6.1 Compressive Strength
The concrete shall be deemed to comply with the strength requirements when both
the following condition are met:
a) The mean strength determined from any group of four consecutive samples is
more than (fck+4) N/mm2.
b) Any individual test result is not less than (fck-4) N/mm2..
3.12.6.2 Concrete of each grade shall be assessed separately.
3.12.6.3 Concrete is liable to be rejected if it is porous or honey-combed, its placing has been
interrupted without providing a proper construction joint, the reinforcement has
been displaced beyond the tolerances specified, or construction tolerances have not
been met. However, the hardened concrete may be accepted after carrying out
suitable remedial measures to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
3.12.7 Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity Method of Test for RCC
3.12.7.1 The underlying principle of assessing the quality of concrete is that comparatively
higher velocities are obtained when the quality of concrete in terms of density,
homogeneity and uniformly is good. The consistency of the concrete as regards its
general quality gets established. In case of poorer quality lower velocities are
obtained. If there are cracks, voids or flaws inside the concrete which come in the
way of transmission of pulse, lower velocities are obtained.
3.12.7.2 The quality of concrete in terms of uniformity, incidence or absence of internal flaws,
cracks and segregation etc. indicative of the level of workmanship employed, can
thus be assessed using the guidance given in table below, which have been evolved
for characterizing the quality concrete in structure in term of the ultrasonic pulse
velocity.

88
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Velocity criterion for Concrete Quality Grading.
Sl. Pulse velocity by Cross Concrete Quality
No. Probing (km/sec) Grading

1 Above 4.5 Excellent

2 4.5 to 3.5 Good

3 3.5 to 3.0 Medium

4 Below 3.0 Doubtful

Note : In Case of “doubtful” quality it may be necessary to carry further tests.

3.12.7.3 Pulse velocity method of test of concrete is to be conducted for CPWD works as a
routine test. The acceptance criteria as per the above table will be applicable which is
as per IS 13311 (part-1): 1992. From the above “Good” and “Excellent” grading are
acceptable and below these grading the concrete will not be acceptable. The cost of
testing shall be borne by the contractor.

3.12.7.4 In case of doubt regarding the quality of any structural element the same may be got
tested by UPV test method for establishing quality of concrete. It is suggested that test be
conducted on RCC beam near joint with column, on RCC column near joint with beam, on
RCC footings and rafts. On RCC rafts a suitable grid can be worked out for determining
number of tests. In addition doubtful areas such as honeycombed locations, locations,
where continuous seepage is observed, construction joints and visible loose pockets will
also be tested.
3.12.7.5 The test results are to be examined in view of the above acceptance criteria
“Good” and “Excellent” and wherever concrete is found with less than required
quality as per acceptance criteria, repairs to concrete will be made. Honeycombed
areas and loose pockets will be repaired by grouting using Portland Cement
Mortar/Polymer Modifies Cement Mortar /Epoxy Mortar ,etc. after chipping loose
concrete in appropriate manner. In areas where concrete is found below
acceptance criteria and defects are not apparently visible on surface ,injecting
approved grout in appropriate proportion using epoxy grout /acrylic Polymer
modified cements slurry made with shrinkage compensating cement / plain
cement slurry etc will be resorted to for repairs.(refer relevant chapters from
CPWD Hand Book on Repairs and Rehabilitation of RCC Buildings).Repair to
concrete will be done till satisfactory results are obtained as per the acceptance
criteria by retesting of the repaired area. If satisfactory results are not obtained
dismantling and relaying of concrete will be done.
3.13 DELETED
3.14 COVER BLOCKS: Contractor shall use factory made cover blocks of approved shape
and strength for all RCC works to avoid displacement of bars in any direction and to
89
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
ensure proper cover. Alternatively, the contractor may manufacture the cover blocks as
per approved methodology by Engineer-In-charge. The grade of concrete shall be same
grade as of concrete in which they will be used. The concrete shall be fibre reinforced
concrete with 6mm downgraded aggregate. Shape & size shall be as decided by Engineer-
In-charge. In RCC work, to avoid displacement of reinforcement bars in any direction and
to ensure proper cover, only factory made round / square type cover blocks should be
used.
3.15 CURING:

i) The contractor shall ensure moist curing to all structural members in general.
Curing shall be done with 2 or 3 layers of wet hessian cloth covered by PVC
sheets in order not to allow the moisture to evaporate.
ii) Since the design mix is having controlled water content, the contractor shall
protect the concrete from drying shrinkage by resorting to early age curing.
Covering of wet hessian cloth shall be done after the onset of the final setting
time.
iii) The contractor shall submit methodology of proposed curing which ensures
continuous maintenance of required temperature regime.
iv) Membrane curing by chemical compounds may be allowed at places which are
normally inaccessible and repair works and nothing extra is payable on this
account. If curing compounds are proposed for any particular use, the
contractor shall obtain permission for use of any particular brand of
compounds from Engineer-In-Charge.

3.16 RATES: -
(i) The rate includes the cost of materials, labour and T&P, including mixing, placing,
pumping of concrete and transportation involved in all the operations described above
except for the cost of centering, shuttering & reinforcement which will be paid for
separately.

3.17 REJECTION OF CONCRETE

In case of rejection of concrete on account of unacceptable compressive strength, governed


by para “Standard of Acceptance” as above, the work for which samples have failed shall be
redone at the cost of contractor. However, the Engineer-in-charge may order for additional
tests (like cutting cores, ultrasonic pulse velocity test, load test on structure or part of
structure, etc) to be carried out at the cost of contractor to ascertain if the portion of
structure wherein concrete represented by the sample has been used, can be retained on the
basis of results of individual or combination of these tests. The Contractor shall take remedial
measures necessary to retain the structure as approved by the Engineer-in-charge without
any extra cost. However, for payment, the basis of rate payable to contractor shall be
governed by the 28 days cube test results and reduced rates shall be regulated in accordance
with CPWD Specifications.

90
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
3.18 SHUTTERING/FORM WORK
3.18.1 The work shall be done in accordance with CPWD Specifications-2019- Vol. I &
Vol. II with upto date correction slips.
3.18.2 Only M.S. centring / shuttering and scaffolding material unless & otherwise
specified shall be used for all R.C.C. work to give an even finish of concrete surface.
However, marine-ply shuttering in exceptional cases as per site requirement may be used
on specific request from contractor to be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Foam
Sheet/ Jointing tape shall be used in the joints of shuttering to ensure no leakage of
cement slurry. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
3.18.3 Nothing extra shall be paid for the centring and shuttering, circular in shape
whenever the formwork is having a mean radius exceeding 6m in plan.
3.18.4 Nothing extra shall be paid for grid beams and the corresponding slabs having
clear span more than 1.20 metres.
3.18.5 In order to keep the floor finish as per architectural drawings and to provide
required thickness of the flooring as per specifications, the level of top surface of R.C.C.
shall be accordingly adjusted at the time of its centring, shuttering and casting for which
nothing extra shall be paid to the Contractor except the places where different type of
flooring is provided in the same room.
As per general engineering practice, level of floors in toilet / bath, balconies, shall be
kept 12 to 20mm or as required, lower than general floors shuttering should be adjusted
accordingly. Nothing extra is payable on this account.
3.18.6 Steel shuttering as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be used by the
contractor. Minimum size of shuttering plates shall be 600mm x 900mm except for the
case when closing pieces are required to complete the shuttering panels.
Dented, broken, cracked, twisted or rusted shuttering plates shall not be allowed to be
used on the work.
The shuttering plates shall be cleaned properly with electrically driven sanders to remove
any cement slurry or cement mortar or rust. Proper shuttering oil or de-bonding
compound such as “Reebole” of FOSROC or equivalent shall be applied on the surface of
the shuttering plates in the requisite quantity before assembly of steel reinforcement.
Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
3.18.7 Concreting of upper floor shall not be done until concrete of lower floor has set at
least for 14 days but form work and reinforcement can be taken up after the concrete
has set atleast for three days.
3.18.8 Double steel scaffolding having two sets of vertical supports shall be provided for
external wall finish, cladding etc. The supports shall be sound and strong, tied together
with horizontal pieces over which scaffolding platform shall be fixed. Scaffolding shall
have steel staircase for inspection of works at upper levels. Nothing extra shall be paid
on this account.

91
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
3.19 REINFORCEMENT:-
3.19.1 The reinforcement shall be done as per CPWD Specifications-2019- Vol.I & Vol. II with
upto date correction slips and sampling and testing to be conducted as per CPWD Quality
Assurance Manual 2022.
3.19.2 The rate of item of reinforcement of RCC work includes all operations including
straightening, cutting, bending, welding, binding with annealed steel or welding and
placing in position at all the floors with all leads and lift complete as per CPWD
Specifications- 2019 - Vol.I & Vol. II with upto date correction slips.
3.19.3 The contractor shall provide approved type of support for maintaining the bars in
position and ensuring required spacing and correct cover of concrete to reinforcement as
called for in the drawings, spacer blocks of required shape and size. Chairs and spacer
bars shall be used in order to ensure accurate positioning of reinforcement. Spacer
blocks shall be cast well in advance with approved proprietary pre-packed free
flowing mortars (Conbextra as manufactured by M/S Fosroc Chemicals India Ltd. or
approved equivalent) of high early strength and same colour as surrounding concrete.
However, Cover Guard Bars shall also be used to maintain proper cover of RCC Columns
in addition to spacer blocks as mentioned above. Pre-cast cement mortar/concrete
blocks/blocks of polymer shall not be used as spacer blocks unless specially approved by
the Engineer-in-charge. The rate of RCC items is inclusive of cost of such cover blocks &
Cover Guard Bars. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account.
4.0 MASONRY WORK:-

4.1 Masonry work shall generally be with Autoclaved Aerated Concrete Blocks (AAC) blocks
except in wet areas etc. where FPS Clay bricks shall be used. The classification of bricks
brought by the contractor shall strictly conform to CPWD Specifications – 2019 Vol-1 & II with
up to date correction slips or as specified. The work shall also include for leaving chases /
notches for dowels / cramps for all kinds of cladding to come over brick work.
4.2 Specifications of AAC blocks shall be conforming to IS:2185/1984
4.3 The AAC Blocks wherever used shall be of minimum 200 mm thickness except partition walls
where lesser thickness may be allowed.
4.4 AAC Block Adhesive shall be used for construction of AAC block masonry walls as per the
approval of Engineer in Charge and manufacturer’s specifications. Adequate mesh mechanism
of membrane fabric as per manufacturer specification will be necessary to avoid ingress /
transgress of thermal cracks in the joints of the masonry.
4.5 Wherever required RCC Bands of required thickness (minimum 100mm thick) at every 1.20
metre interval in vertical plane shall be provided by the contractor in the masonry walls as a
part of scope of work. 8mm dia reinforcement bars may be placed in the RCC band.

92
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
4.6 RCC mullion of thickness not less than 100mm and width same as the wall with 02 nos. 10mm
dia reinforcement bars properly tied using 8mm dia U-Shaped binders at spacing not less than
100mm c/c shall be provided for all door and window openings.
4.7 For Low height Masonry Walls and at the openings of window, RCC Coping of thickness
100mm with 02 nos. 10mm dia reinforcement bars properly tied using 8mm dia U-Shaped
binders at spacing not less than 100mm c/c shall be provided and as per direction of Engineer
in charge.
4.8 The blocks shall not be soaked in water and instead they shall be dipped in water and taken
out immediately to have only moist surface. The blocks are to be stacked in shaded area.
4.9 It shall be ensured that the lintels rest at either end of window opening only on full block and
not on half or part blocks. Reinforcement shall be placed in the sill course of window openings
in two successive horizontal joints and extend the same at least to 600 mm on either side of
the jamb surface.
4.10 Curing of the masonry shall be done only by spraying water and no flooding shall be done by
water jets / buckets.
4.11 FPS Clay bricks as per CPWD Specifications will be used in the toe wall, boundary wall and
other masonry work in foundation.
4.12 Wherever required and considered by Engineer-in-charge necessary to use clay FPS bricks, the
same shall be used in the work with mortar as per CPWD specification. These shall also in the
scope of work and tendered amount.
5.0 EXPANSION JOINT
5.1 Seismic / separation/ expansion joints shall be provided where shown in the drawings and
as per CPWD specifications and as directed by Engineer-in-Charge. They shall be
constructed with in gap between the adjoining parts of the works of the width specified.
5.2 The contractor shall ensure that no debris is allowed to enter and be lodged in seismic/
separation/ expansion joints
5.3 The expansion joint shall be cleaned and made dry completely. All loose materials shall also
be removed. The joints gap shall be made uniform in width and depth after cleaning the
joints. The backup materials of best quality shall be provided in position in order to produce
thoroughly together in required proportion as prescribed by manufacture specification, so
that a uniform mixture obtained. The mixed solution shall be applied to two sides of the
joint that it covers the sides complete. Disturbed edges of RCC members near expansion
joints shall be finished with rich mortar without any extra work includes providing required

93
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
width of expansion board in the joints and measurement of expansion board only shall be
taken.
5.4 Floor to Floor / Floor to Wall Joints
The factory made expansion joints system shall be of extruded aluminium base members,
self aligning / self centering arrangement and support plates etc. as per ASTM B221-02. The
system shall be such that it provides floor to floor / floor to wall expansion control system
for various vertical locations in load application areas that accommodates multi directional
seismic movement without stress to its components. System shall consist of metal profiles
with a universal aluminium base member designed to accommodate various project
conditions and finish floor treatments. The cover plate shall be designed of width and
thickness required to satisfy projects movement and loading requirements and secured to
base members by utilizing manufacturer’s pre-engineered self-centering arrangement that
freely rotates / moves in all directions. The Self – centering arrangement shall exhibit
circular sphere ends that lock and slide inside the corresponding aluminium extrusion cavity
to allow freedom of movement and flexure in all directions including vertical displacement.
Provision of EPDM Moisture Barrier Membrane in the Joint System to have watertight joint
is mandatory requirement all as per the manufactures design and as approved by Engineer-
in-Charge. (Material shall conform to ASTM 6063).
5.5 Wall Joint (Internal / External)
Factory made Expansion joint system shall be of approved make and manufacture and
related with wall joint (internal/external) location as per drawings and direction of
Engineer-in-charge. The joints shall be of extruded aluminium base members, self
aligning/centering arrangement and support plates as per ASTM B221-02. The material shall
be such that it provides an Expansion Joints System suitable for vertical wall to wall/wall to
corner application, both new and existing construction in office Buildings & complexes with
no slipping down tendency amongst the components of the Joint System. The Joint System
shall utilize light weight aluminium profiles exhibiting minimal exposed aluminium surfaces
mechanically snap locking the multi-cellular to facilitate movement. (Material shall conform
to ASTM 6063).

94
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
5.6 Roof locations
It should be covered with coping concrete to slop on RCC upstanding beams at terrace level.
Work is to be executed as per details shown below

95
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
96
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
6.0 STONE / MARBLE /GRANITE/TILE WORK (OTHER THAN MASONARY)
6.1 The granite/ marble or like stonework shall, in general, be carried out as per the CPWD
Specifications-2019- Vol.I & Vol. II with upto date correction slips. The specifications for
dressing, laying, curing, finishing, measurements, rate etc. for the granite/ marble or like
stone flooring shall be same as that of works for the Marble flooring, skirting and risers
of steps under Flooring Sub Head of the CPWD Specifications. The wall lining / veneer
work with granite/ marble or like stone shall be as per the CPWD Specifications for
Marble work Sub Head.
The Marble/Granite stone shall not be epoxy coated and shall be treated by
PROMETEC Machine and should be cut in factory by Mechanical Operated Gang
Saw and should be sourced from original factory of approved supplier only.

6.2 Indicative Photographs of Natural Stones for flooring & Cladding

Name of Stones Indicative Photograph

Black Pearl granite

Coffee Brown granite

97
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Colonial white granite

Impala black granite

Millenium Cream granite

Shivakashi Gold Granite

98
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Steel Grey- Granite

S white granite

Thunder white granite

Titanium White Granite

99
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Viscon White granite

Jhansi Red Granite

Astoria Granite

Banswara White Marble

100
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Udaipur Green Marble

Green Kota Stone

The decision of the Engineer-in-Charge as regards the approval of the samples for the
various types of the granite/ marble or like stones shall be final and binding on the
Contractor. No claim of any kind whatsoever shall be entertained from the Contractor on
this account. The Contractor shall then procure and get the mock up prepared at site of
work for approval of quality of workmanship and the granite/ marble or like stone as
specified. The mock up shall be prepared in lift lobby, toilet etc. on one of the floors. The
size of the stones shall be as per the architectural drawings. If the quality of the
workmanship and the material is as per the required standards, the mock up shall be
allowed as part of the work and measured for payment and shall not be dismantled.
Otherwise, it shall be dismantled by the contractor as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge
and taken away from the site of the work at his own cost. Nothing extra shall be payable
on this account.
6.3 The shades and textures of stone slabs shall be uniform as far as possible. Each procured lot
shall be sorted and stacked as per the uniformity of the stone. At any particular location, the
sorted stones of uniform shade and texture shall be used.
Particularly for Kota stone the sorting shall be done by the contractor at source only to
procure uniform shade Green Kota Stone only. Any other shade of Kota stone shall be
rejected for use in flooring. The decision of Engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding on
the contractor.

101
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
6.4 The granite/ marble or like stone slabs shall be cut to required sizes and shapes, as per
the architectural drawings, to negotiate the curved steps in segmented manner. The
risers shall also be cut to required sizes and shapes and the edges chamfered at the
joints, all as per the architectural drawings. However, the Contractor shall prepare the
detailed shop drawings for the same and commence work only after the approval by the
Engineer-in-Charge. The rate shall also include any consequent wastage, incidental
charges involved in this work. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account. For the
purpose of payment, the actual area of each type of granite/ marble or like stone as laid
shall be measured.
6.5 For the steps (risers and treads) in the linear profile, the granite/ marble or like stone
shall be provided in single pieces as per the architectural drawings, unless otherwise
specifically permitted by the Engineer-in-Charge. Wherever grooves are required to be
provided the same is to be done as per architectural drawings and as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge. Wherever required, the joints shall be provided as per the
architectural drawings. Nothing extra shall be payable on these accounts.
6.6 The granite/ marble or like stone slabs used for providing and fixing in the sills, soffits
and jambs of doors, windows, ventilators and similar locations shall be in single piece
unless otherwise directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. Wherever stone slab other than in
single piece is allowed to be fixed, the joints shall be provided as per the architectural
drawings and as per the directions of the Engineer-in-Charge. Depending on the number
of joints, as far as possible, the stone slabs shall be procured and fixed in slabs of equal
lengths as per the architectural drawings and as directed by Engineer-in-Charge.
6.7 While fixing the granite/ marble or like stone slabs in sills, soffits and jambs of doors,
windows, ventilators etc., rebates shall be made by overlapping the stones at the required
places for fixing shutters for doors, windows and ventilators etc. as shown in the
architectural drawings and as per the directions of the Engineer-in-Charge. Epoxy based
adhesives shall be used for fixing the granite/ marble or like stones to each other, or
wherever required. The authorized overlap as per the architectural drawings or as
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be measured for payment under the same item.
However, any extra mortar thickness required due to the overlap arrangement shall be
deemed to have been included in the rate of this item. Nothing extra shall be payable on
this account. The stone shall have uniform thickness and shall be provided in sizes as
per the architectural drawings. The stone slab shall have uniformly levelled surface after
fixing. All the joints shall be finished smoothly in a workmanlike manner.
6.8 The granite/ marble or like stone work shall be adequately protected by a layer of Plaster
of Paris which shall be laid over a 400 micron PVC film, which shall be maintained
throughout and removed just before handing over of the works for which nothing extra
shall be payable.
The contractor shall compulsory use of wet jet in grinding and stone cutting. Nothing
extra shall be paid on this account.
Proper gradient shall be given to flooring for toilets, verandah, kitchen, courtyard etc. so
that the wash water flows towards the direction of floor trap. Any reverse slope if found,
shall be made good by the contractor by ripping open the floor/grading concrete and
nothing shall be paid for such rectifications.

102
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Sequence of execution for cladding work shall be suggested by the contractor for
approval of Engineer-in-Charge.

6.8 VACUUM DEWATERED CONCRETE ON ROAD (VDF):


i. Flooring shall be laid in the areas as shown in the drawing with required thickness as
per design requirement to sustain load of vehicle movement and other impact load.
ii. Flooring shall have hard top on the concrete base. Flooring shall be laid in panels as per
the direction of Engineer in charge, expansion joint shall be provided as per
requirement. Specification for RMC and cement will remain same as mentioned
technical specifications in contract/RCC sub head.
iii. De-vacuumization shall be done for removing the voids. The whole concrete surface shall
be levelled, compacted by ramming and trowelling. Prepared surface shall be allowed to
set.
iv. Hard top to be prepared as per the specifications with Nito hardener and one part of dry
cement, the heard top shall be provided over concrete base immediately after it is set,
compacted and levelled with a steel trowel. The surface shall be trowelled to bring the
hardener coat to a levelled Surface. Excessive trowelling shall be avoided. After the
initial set, further compaction shall be done by steel trowelling. Final brushing where
required (to achieve desired surface finish) shall be made before the floor top becomes
too hard. Curing shall be done as per CPWD Specifications.
v. Filling the joints with bitumen material as approved by Engineer in charge.
7.0 WOOD WORK
7.1 The wood work in general shall be carried out as per CPWD Specifications (Volume-I)
2019, with up-to-date correction slips.
7.2 The samples of species of timber to be used shall be got approved and deposited by the
contractor with the Engineer-in-charge before commencement of the work.
7.3 The shape and size of beading shall be as per drawings. The joints of beading shall be
mitred.
7.4 Timber shall be of specified species, good quality and well seasoned. It shall have
uniform colour, reasonably straight grains and shall be free from knots, cracks, shakes
and sapwood. It shall be close grained. The contractor shall deposit the samples of
species of timber to be used with the Engineer-in-Charge for testing before
commencement of the work.
7.5 Wood work shall not be painted, oiled or otherwise treated before it has been approved by
the Engineer-in-charge. All portion of timber including architrave abutting against
masonry, concrete, stone or embedded in ground shall be painted with approved wood
preservative or with boiling coal tar.
7.6 The contractor(s) shall produce cash voucher and certificates from approved Kiln
Seasoning Plants about the timber used on the work having been kiln seasoned and

103
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
chemically treated by them, falling which it would not be accepted as kiln seasoned
and/or chemically treated.
7.7 Glazing for toilets shall be of translucent type.
7.8 Factory made wooden flush door and panelled and wire gauge shutters shall be
manufactured and carried out as per CPWD specifications (Volume-I, 2019 with upto
date correction slips).
7.9 The contractor shall propose well in advance to Engineer-in-Charge, the names and
address of the factory where from the contractor intends to get the shutters
manufactured along with the credential of the firm. The contractor shall place the order
for manufacturing of shutters only after obtaining approval of the Engineer in Charge
whose decision in this case shall be final & binding. In case the firm is not found suitable
he shall propose another factory. The factory may also be inspected by a group of officers
before granting approval; shutters shall however he accepted only if these meet the
specified test.
7.10 Contractor will arrange stage wise inspection of the shutters at factory by the Engineer-
in-Charge or his authorized representative. The contractor will have no claim if the
shutters brought at site in part or full lot are rejected by the Engineer-in-Charge due to
bad workmanship / quality. Such defective shutters will not be measured and paid. The
contractor shall remove the same from the site of work within 7 days after the written
instruction in this regard are issued by the Engineer-in-Charge.
7.11 The shutters should be brought at site without primer / painting.
7.12 (a) Inspection of shutters shall be carried out for dimensions & tolerances, size &
type general construction & workmanship, finish & glazing at the frequency as
per CPWD Specification 2019.
(b) Criteria for conformity
Any sample shutter failing in any one or more of the requirements inspected for
as above shall be considered as defective. A lot shall be considered as having
satisfied the requirements of the standard if the number of defective shutters in
the sample does not exceed the corresponding permissible number of
defectiveness given above.
(c) Testing – The shutters shall be tested for species seasoning & treatment,
defects in the timber, panel material, construction & workmanship in the
approved Laboratory at the frequency mentioned in CPWD specification.
If shutters are found defective in any one of the criterion double the shutter
shall be tested & if found permissible can be accepted. If shutter is found
defective in more than one criterion, the whole lot shall be rejected.
(d) Finish
i) All components of door shutter shall have smooth finish.

104
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
ii) Panels of the door shutters shall be flat and well sanded to a smooth and
level Surface.
iii) All the surfaces of door shutters which are required to be painted or polished
or varnished shall be got approved from the Engineer In Charge before
applying protective coat of primer, polish or varnish.
8.0 FLUSH DOORS
8.1 General
The door shall be of flush type solid core marine grade with single or double shutter as the
case may be.
Door/window frames/shutters and other factory-made materials shall be procured from
reputed and approved manufacturers or their authorized dealers as approved by Engineer
in charge. Decision of Engineer-in-charge in this regard shall be final and binding.
Only factory made LVL/HDHMR/WPC/Wooden shutter /frame from approved factory
shall be allowed to be provided by the contractor. No site fabrication shall be allowed
under any circumstances.
8.2 Shutters
Flush door shutters shall have a solid core and may be of the decorative or non-decorative
(Paintable type as per IS 2202 (Part I). Thickness and type of shutters shall be as
specified.
Width and height of the shutters shall be as shown in the drawings or as indicated by the
Engineer-in-Charge. All four edges of the shutters shall be square. The shutter shall be
free from twist or warp in its plane. The moisture content in timbers used in the
manufacture of flush door shutters shall be not more than 12 per cent when tested
according to IS 1708.

A vision panel of minimum size 200mm x 300mm with glazing and necessary beading is to be
provided in the flush door shutters.

8.3 Core
The core of the flush door shutters shall be a marine grade block board having wooden
strips held in a frame constructed of stiles and rails. Each stile and rail shall be a single
piece without any joint. The width of the stiles and rails including lipping, where provided
shall not be less than 45mm and not more than 75mm. The width of each wooden strip
shall not exceed 30mm. Stiles, rails and wooden strips forming the core of a shutter shall
be of equal and uniform thickness. Wooden strips shall be parallel to the stiles.
8.4 End joints of the pieces of wooden strips of small lengths shall be staggered. In a
shutter, stiles and rails shall be of one species of timber. Wooden strips shall also be of
one species only but it may or may not be of the same species as that of the stiles and
rails. Any species of timber may be used for core of flush door. However, any non-
coniferous (Hard wood) timber shall be used for stiles, rails and lipping.
105
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
8.5 Face Panel
The face panel shall be formed by gluing, by the hot-press process on both faces of the
core, either plywood or cross-bands and face veneers. The thickness of the cross bands as
such or in the plywood shall be between 1.0mm and 3.0mm. The thickness of the face
veneers as such or in the plywood shall be between 0.5mm and 1.5mm for commercial
veneers and between 0.4mm and 1.0mm for decorative veneers, provided that the
combined thickness of both is not less than 2.2mm. The direction of the veneers adjacent
to the core shall be at right angles to the direction of the wooden strips. Finished faces
shall be sanded to smooth even texture. Commercial face veneers shall conform to marine
grade plywood and decorative face veneers shall conform to type I decorative plywood in IS
1328.
8.6 Lipping
Lipping, where specified, shall be provided internally on all edges of the shutters. Lipping
shall be done with battens of first class hardwood or as specified of depth not less than
25mm. For double leaved shutters, depth of the lipping at meeting of stiles shall be not
less than 35 mm. Joints shall not be permitted in the lipping.
8.7 Rebating
In the case of double leaves shutters the meeting of stiles shall be rebated by 8 mm to 10
mm. The rebating shall be either splayed or square type as shown in drawing where
lipping is provided. The depth of lipping at the meeting of stiles shall not be less than 30
mm.

8.8 Opening for Glazing


When required by the purchaser opening for glazing shall be provided and unless
otherwise specified the opening for glazing shall be as per drawings. The bottom of the
opening shall be at a height as shown in the drawings. Opening for glazing shall be lipped
internally with wooden batten of width not less than 25 mm.
8.9 Tolerance
Tolerance on width and height shall be + 3 mm and tolerance on nominal thickness
shall be ± 1.2 mm. The thickness of the door shutter shall be uniform throughout with
a permissible variation of not more than 0.8 mm when measured at any two points.
Adhesive:- Adhesive used for bonding various components of flush door shutters
namely, core, core frame, lipping, cross-bands, face veneers, plywood etc. and for
bonding plywood shall conform to BWP type, phenol formaldehyde synthetic resin
adhesive conforming to IS 848.
8.10 Tests
As per CPWD Specifications.
8.11 Fixing
As per CPWD Specifications.
106
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
8.12 Measurements
As per CPWD Specifications.
9.0 STEEL WORK
9.1 All steel work shall be carried out as per CPWD Specifications. (Volume 1) 2019 with up-
to-date correction slips.
9.2 All welded steel work shall be tested for quality of weld as laid down in IS 822 : 1970
before actual execution.
10.0 FLOORING
10.1 All work in general shall be carried out as per CPWD Specifications (Volume 1) 2019 with
up-to-date correction slips.
10.2 Whenever flooring is to be done in patterns of tiles and stones, the contractor shall get
samples of each pattern laid and approved by the Engineer-in-charge before final laying
of such flooring. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
10.3 Different stones / tiles used in pattern flooring shall be measured separately as defined
in the nomenclature of the item and nothing extra for laying pattern flooring shall be
paid over and above the quoted rate. No additional wastage, if any, shall be accounted for
any extra payment.
10.4 Samples of flooring stones/ Tile (Kota/ Marble/ Granite/ Ceramic tiles/ Vitrified tiles
etc.) shall be deposited well in advance with the Engineer-in-Charge for approval. The
sizes of stones for flooring shall be of a size not less than 600mmx600mm or as approved
by Engineer-in-Charge. Approved samples should be kept at site with the Engineer-in-
Charge and the same shall not be removed except with the written permission of
Engineer-in-Charge. No payment whatsoever shall be made for these samples.
10.5 The Marble/ Kota/ Granite or any other stone shall be fully supported by the details
establishing the quarry and its location or source.
10.6 Full width Marble/ Kota/ Granite stone over kitchen platform shall be provided except to
adjust for closing pieces. The marble / stone flooring in treads and risers of staircase is
to be laid in single piece.
10.7 The rate of items of flooring is inclusive of Providing Sunken Flooring in Bathrooms,
Kitchen, W.C., etc. and nothing extra on this account is admissible. The samples of
flooring, dado & skirting as per approved pattern shall be prepared & got approved from
the Engineer-in-charge before execution of work.
10.8 Chasing of required width and thickness shall be made in brick work at skirting location
so as to flush the external surface of skirting with internal plastering. No extra payment
towards making chases in brick work at skirting shall be made and the same is
presumed to be inclusive of rate quoted for the item of providing and fixing skirting.
10.9 Proper gradient shall be given to flooring for toilets, verandah, kitchen, courtyard etc. so
that the wash water flows towards the direction of floor trap. Any reverse slope if found,

107
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
shall be made good by the contractor by ripping open the floor/grading concrete and
nothing shall be paid for such rectifications.
10.10 The flooring and skirting will be executed as per pattern shown in the Architectural
drawings and as per approval of Engineer-in-Charge and nothing extra shall be payable
on this account.
10.11 The rate shall include the cost of all materials and labour involved in all the operations.
Nothing extra shall be paid for use of cut/sawn stone/ tiles in the work.

11.0 VITRIFIED TILES FLOORING


11.1 The tiles shall be of approved make and shall generally conform to Table 12 of
IS15622. The Vitrified tiles of specified sizes shall be used & sample of tiles shall be got
approved from the Engineer – in – charge. The Mandatory tests for vitrified tiles shall
be got done as per CPWD Specifications 2019 (volume – 1) / relevant BIS Code.
11.2 The vitrified tiles shall be as specified in the item. The tiles shall be of specified colours
as shown in the drawings or as approved by Engineer – in – Charge and will be laid in
pattern as per architectural drawings. Nothing extra shall be paid for laying tiles in
specific pattern. The tiles shall be first quality of approved make.
12.0 WATER PROOFING:-
12.1 The work shall be got executed as per CPWD or manufactures’ specifications and from
the specialized agency as approved by the Engineer in Charge.
12.2 Contractor shall also submit the names of water proofing specialist along with
information about their technical capabilities and list of similar works executed by the
specialized agency in the past for the approval of Engineer-in-charge within 30 days from
the date of award of work.
The brick bats shall be from over burnt bricks. The water proofing compound used in
integral water proofing treatment shall satisfy all the performance requirements indicated
in IS:2645 and shall be got tested before its use. The compound shall be used @ 2% by
weight of cement used or as recommended by the manufacturer.
12.3 Total quantity of the water proofing compound required shall be arranged only after
obtaining the prior approval of the make by Engineer-in-charge in writing. Materials shall
be kept under double lock and key and proper account of the water proofing compound
used in the work shall be maintained. It shall be ensured that the consumption of the
compound is as per specified requirements.
12.4 The finished surface after water proofing treatment shall have adequate smooth slope as
per the direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
12.5 Before commencement of treatment on any surface, it shall be ensured that the outlet
drain pipes / spouts have been fixed and the spout openings have been chased and
rounded off properly for easy flow of water.

108
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
12.6 The surface where the water proofing is to be done shall be thoroughly cleaned with wire
brushes. All loose scales mortar splashes etc. shall be removed and dusted off. The
surface shall be treated with neat cement slurry admixed with proprietary water proof
compound to penetrate into crevices and fill up all the pores in the surface.
12.7 This cement slurry shall be applied at the junction of parapet and terrace slab including
the vertical face of the parapet.
12.8 After the slurry coat is laid, layer of over burnt brick bats shall be laid in cement mortar
of mix as specified by specialist firm but not leaner than 1:5 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand)
admixed with proprietary water proofing compound to required gradient and joints filled
to half the depth. The bricks bat layer shall be rounded at the junction with the parapet
and tapered towards top for a height of 300mm. Curing of this layer shall be done for 2
days.
12.9 After curing the surfaces shall be applied with a coat of cement slurry admixed with
proprietary water proofing compound.
12.10 Joints of bricks bat layer shall be filled fully with cement mortar of mix as specified by
the specialist firm but not leaner than 1:5 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand) admixed with
proprietary water proofing compound and finally top finished with average 20 mm thick
layers of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) and finished smooth with cement
slurry mixed with proprietary water proofing compound. The finished surface shall have
marking of 300x300 mm false squares to give the appearance of tiles.
12.11 Curing of water proofing treatment shall be done for a minimum period of two weeks by
flooding the water by making compartments etc.
12.12 MESUREMENTS: The measurements shall be taken for plan area of terrace only. Length
and breadth shall be measured correct to one centimeter and area shall be worked out to
nearest 0.01 sqm. No deduction in measurements shall be made for either opening or
recesses for chimneys, stacks, roof lights and the like of areas up to 0.10 sqm nor
anything extra shall be paid for forming such openings. For similar areas exceeding 0.10
sqm, deductions will be made in measurements for full openings and nothing extra shall
be paid for making such opening.
12.13 Rates: The rate shall include the cost of all labour and materials involved in all the
operations described above.
12.14 GUARANTEE BOND FOR ALL WATER PROOFING ITEMS:-

The water proofing work shall carry Ten Years guarantee to be reckoned from the date of
completion of the entire work under the contract against faulty workmanship, finishing,
unsound materials, efficiency of water proofing treatment and other related problems.

Ten Years Guarantee bond in prescribed Performa shall be submitted by the contractor
which shall also be signed by both the specialized agency and the contractor to meet
their liability / liabilities under the guarantee bond. However, the sole responsibility
about efficiency of water proofing treatment shall rest with the main contractor.
109
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Ten percent of the cost of water proofing work shall be retained as security deposit
and the amount so withheld would be released after ten years from the date of
completion of the entire work under the contract, if the performance of the work done is
found satisfactory. If any defect is noticed during the guarantee period, it shall be
rectified by the contractor within seven days of receipt of intimation of defects in the
work. If the defects pointed out are not attended to within the specified period, the same
will be got done from another agency at the risk and cost of contractor.

However, the security deposit deducted may be released in full against bank guarantee of
equivalent amount in favour of Engineer in charge, if so decided by the Engineer in
charge.

The Security deposit against this item of work shall be in addition to the security deposit
mentioned elsewhere in contract form.

13.0 FINISHING:-

13.1 The work shall be done in accordance with CPWD Specifications -2019 Vol. I to Vol. II
with upto date correction slips and the manufacturer’s specifications where CPWD
specifications are not available.

Painting on interior and exterior surfaces of building shall be done using rollers
only and nothing extra shall be paid on this account.

13.2 The quantity of paint required as per the theoretical consumption including wastages, if
any, shall be procured from the approved manufacturer or his authorized dealers and
deposited with the representative of the Engineer-in-Charge at site.

13.3 The paint shall be obtained in smaller packing (around 20 litre).

13.4 The paint shall be kept in the joint custody of the Department and the Contractor and
day-to-day account of receipt and issue shall be maintained. However, the safe custody
and watch and ward shall remain to be the responsibility of the Contractor.

Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.

13.5 The name of the manufacturer, manufacturer’s product identification, manufacturer’s


mixing instructions, warnings and instructions for handling and application, toxicity
and date of manufacturing and shelf life shall be clearly and legibly mentioned on the
labels of each container. These details shall be kept in record. The material shall be
consumed in the order of material brought to site, first come first consume basis. The

110
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Contractor shall obtain and submit to the Department the manufacturer’s certificate for
compliance of the various characteristics of the materials as per the manufacturer’s
specifications and also copy of the manufacturer’s test report for the record.
13.6 Empty containers of the paints shall not be removed from site till the completion of the
work unless otherwise permitted and shall be removed only with the permission of the
Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative at site of work.
13.7 All arrangements for measuring, dosing etc. at site shall be made by the Contractor.
Nothing extra shall be payable on this account.
13.8 The Contractor shall apply samples of each kind of paint for the approval of shade
and colour as per the directions of the Engineer-in-Charge before procuring the paint in
mass.
13.9 All incidental charges of cartage, storage, wastage, safe custody, scaffolding, cost of
samples and mock ups etc. shall be borne by the Contractor and no claim, whatsoever,
shall be entertained on this account.
13.10 Before taking up the finishing work such as Flooring, Plastering, sample unit
of toilet, room etc., contractor shall prepare full-scale sample for large-scale repetitive
items and get approved from Engineer-in-Charge before taking up for execution on
large scale.
13.11 Based on the samples approved by the Engineer-in-Charge for various flooring
and dado / cladding materials as specified hereinafter, the contractor shall prepare mock
up(s) at site of work as specified under relevant flooring and dado / cladding items, for
approval of quality of workmanship and material specified. If the quality of the
workmanship and the material is as per the required standards and approved by the
Engineer-in- Charge, the mock up shall be allowed as part of the work and measured for
payment. Otherwise, it shall be dismantled by the contractor as directed by the Engineer-
in-Charge and taken away from the site of the work at his own cost. The mock up(s) so
made shall be kept till completion of respective works for reference. Nothing extra shall be
payable on this account.
13.12 The cost of cleaning of paint/stains including old existing ones shall be deemed
to be included in the overall quoted cost of the contract and nothing extra shall be paid on
this account. The contractor is therefore required to inspect the site before
bidding/submitting his tender. The contractor shall be required to clear/remove all kind
of paint stains from glass panes, door windows including any old existing paint stains.
Failure on the part of contractor to do so shall lead to a recovery of Rs. 40/- sqm of the
affected doors, windows, which shall be non refundable and also a non refundable
111
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
recovery @25/- per sqm shall be made from the gross amount of the bill on account of non
cleaning of any paint stains over the affected area of apron area/chequrred tiles/any other
type of flooring after completing the work.
13.13 Work activities shall be executed in well thought out sequences such that
consequent activities not adversely affecting previously done work. Nothing extra
shall be payable to protect the works already done.

14.0 SANITARY INSTALLATIONS /WATER SUPPLY / DRAINAGE:-

14.1 The contractor shall be responsible for the protection of the sanitary and water supply
fittings and other fittings and fixtures against pilferage and breakage during the period of
installation and thereafter until the building is handed over.

14.2 The contractor shall furnish all labour, materials and equipment, transportation and
incidental necessary for supply, installation, testing and commissioning of the complete
Plumbing / Sanitary system as described in the Specifications and as shown on the
drawings. This also includes any material, equipment, appliances and incidental work
not specifically mentioned herein or noted on the Drawings/Documents as being
furnished or installed, but which are necessary and customary to be performed under
this contract. The Plumbing / Sanitary System shall comprise of following:

a. Sanitary Fixtures and Fittings.


b. Internal and External Water Supply.
c. Internal and External Drainage.
d. Balancing, testing & commissioning.
e. Test reports and completion drawings.

14.3 For the work of water supply and sanitary installations, the contractor shall engage the
approved licensed plumbers and submit the name of proposed plumbing agencies with
their credentials for approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. For quality control & monitoring
of workmanship, contractor shall assign at least one engineer who would be exclusively
responsible for ensuring strict quality control, adherence to specifications and ensuring
top class workmanship for the installation.

14.4 The work in general shall be carried out as per CPWD Specifications (Volume II) 2019
with up-to-date correction slips.

14.5 The tendered rates shall include the cost of cutting holes in walls, floors, RCC slabs etc.
wherever required and making good the same for which nothing extra shall be paid.

112
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
14.6 Nothing extra for providing & fixing CP Brass caps /extension pieces wherever required
for CP Brass fittings shall be paid beyond the rates payable for corresponding CP Brass
fittings.

14.7 The contractor shall examine all architectural, structural, plumbing, electrical and other
services drawings and check the as-built works before starting the work, report to the
Engineer In-Charge any discrepancies and obtain clarification. Any changes found
essential to coordinate installation of his work with other services and trades, shall be
made with prior approval of the Engineer In-Charge without additional cost to the
department.

14.8 All the shop drawings shall be prepared on computer through AutoCAD System based on
Architectural Drawings and site measurements within one month of the stipulated date
of start of the contract, contractor shall furnish, for the approval of Engineer In-Charge,
the two sets of detailed shop drawings of complete work and materials including layouts
for Plant room, Pump room, Typical toilets drawings showing exact location of supports,
flanges, bends, tee connections, reducers, detailed piping drawings showing exact
location and type of supports, valves, fittings etc; external insulation details for pipe
insulation etc.

14.9 These shop drawings shall contain all information required to complete the work. These
Drawings shall contain details of construction, size, arrangement, operating clearances,
performance characteristics and capacity of all items of equipment, also the details of all
related items of work by other contractors. Each shop drawing shall contain tabulation of
all measurable items of equipment/materials/works and progressive cumulative totals
from other related drawings to arrive at a variation-in-quantity statement at the
completion of all shop drawings. Minimum 4 sets of drawings shall be submitted after
final approval along with CD. When he makes any amendments in the above drawings,
the contractor shall supply two fresh sets of drawings with the amendments duly
incorporated along with check prints, for approval. The contractor shall submit further
four sets of shop drawings to the Engineer In-Charge for the exclusive use by the
Engineer In-Charge and all other agencies. No material or equipment may be delivered or
installed at the job site until the contractor has in his possession, the approved shop
drawing for the particular material/equipment / installation.

14.10 Shop drawings shall be submitted for approval four weeks in advance of planned delivery
and installation of any material to allow the Engineer In-Charge ample time for scrutiny.

113
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
No claims for extension of time shall be entertained because of any delay in the work due
to his failure to produce shop drawings at the right time, in accordance with the
approved programme.

14.11 Samples of all materials like valves, pipes and fittings etc. shall be submitted to the
Engineer In-Charge prior to procurement for approval and retention by Engineer In-
Charge and shall be kept in their site office for reference and verification till the
completion of the Project. Wherever directed a mockup or sample installation shall be
carried out for approval before proceeding for further installation without any extra cost.

14.12 Approval of shop drawings shall not be considered as a guarantee of measurements or of


building dimensions. Where drawings are approved, said approval does not mean that
the drawings supersede the contract requirements, nor does it in any way relieve the
contractor of the responsibility or requirement to furnish material and perform work as
required by the contract.

14.13 All materials and equipment shall conform to the relevant Indian Standards and shall be
of the approved make and design. Makes shall be in conformity with list of approved
manufacturers as per the tender document.

14.14 Balancing of all water systems and all tests as called for the CPWD Specifications shall
be carried out by the contractor through a specialist group, in accordance with the
Specifications and Standards. The installation shall be tested and shall be commissioned
only after approval by the Engineer In-Charge. All tests shall be carried out in the
presence of the representatives of the Engineer In-Charge and nothing extra shall be
payable on this account.

14.15 The contractor shall submit completion plans for water supply, internal sanitary
installations and building drainage work within 15 days of the date of completion. These
drawings shall be submitted in the form of two sets of CD’s and four portfolios (300 x
450 mm) each containing complete set of drawings on approved scale indicating the work
as installed. These drawings shall clearly indicate complete plant room layouts, piping
layouts and sequencing of automatic controls, location of all concealed piping, valves,
controls and other services. In case the contractor fails to submit the completion plans
as aforesaid, security deposit shall not be released and these shall be got prepared at his
risk and cost.

14.16 The CCI/CI/PVC pipe and GI pipe etc. wherever necessary shall be fixed to RCC
columns, beams etc. with rawl plugs and nothing extra shall be paid for this.
114
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
14.17 The variation in consumption of material shall be governed as per CPWD specification
and clauses of the contract to the extent applicable.

14.18 The pig lead to be used in jointing 100 mm, 75mm, 50 mm SCI pipe joints shall not be
less than 0.98 kg, 0.88 kg and 0.77 kg per joint respectively. A variation of 5% is allowed
on higher side. However, in case of variation on lower side, the quantity of pig lead less
used shall be recovered from the contractor at market rate to be determined by the
Engineer-in-Charge whose decision in the matter shall be final.

14.19 The contractor shall bear all incidental charges for cartage, storage and safe custody of
materials and shall construct suitable godowns, yards at the site of work for storing
materials so as to be safe against damage by sun, rain, fire or theft etc., at his own cost
and also employ necessary watch and ward establishment for the purpose at his own
cost.

14.20 All fixtures and fittings shall be provided with all such accessories as are required to
complete the item in working condition whether specifically mentioned or not in the
Schedule of Quantities, specifications, elsewhere in this tender document & drawings.
The quoted rates shall be deemed to be all inclusive for a complete item fit for use
including all materials, labour, T&P, specials, equipment, testing & commissioning etc.
Accessories shall include proper fixing arrangement, brackets, nuts, bolts, screws and
required connection pieces. Nothing extra whatsoever shall be payable on this account.

14.21 Fixing screws shall be half round head chromium plated brass screws with C.P. washers
where necessary or otherwise as provided in the item.

14.22 Porcelain sanitary ware shall be glazed vitreous china of first quality free from warps,
cracks and glazing defects and shall conform to relevant BIS codes. Colour of sanitary
ware, shall be specified or as selected by the Engineer-in-Charge. Nothing extra shall be
payable on this account.

14.23 Horizontal pipes running along ceiling shall be fixed on structural adjustable clamps of
approved design. Horizontal pipes shall be laid to uniform slope and the clamps adjusted
to the proper levels so that the pipes fully rest on them and are properly secured.

14.24 Contractor shall provide all nuts, bolts, welding material and paint the Clamps with one
coat of red oxide and two or more coats of black enamel paint.

14.25 Slotted angle/channel supports on walls shall be provided wherever shown on drawings.
Angles/channels shall be of sizes shown on drawings or specified in schedule of

115
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
quantities. Angles/channels shall be fixed to brick walls with bolts embedded in cement
concrete blocks and to RCC walls with suitable anchor fasteners. The spacing of support
bolts horizontally shall not exceed 1 m.

14.26 Wherever M.S. clamps are required to be anchored directly to brick walls, concrete slabs,
beams or columns, nothing extra shall be payable for clamping arrangement and
making good with cement concrete 1:2:4 mix (1 cement: 2 coarse sand: 4 stone aggregate
20 mm nominal size) or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

14.27 The ground colour shall be applied throughout the entire length of pipe. Colour bands
shall be superimposed on the ground colour and shall be applied near valves, junctions,
joints, service appliances, bulkheads, valves, etc. for clear identification of fluid being
carried and to avoid confusion. The relative proportional widths of the first colour band
to the subsequent bands shall be 4:1.The minimum width of the narrowest colour band
shall be 25 mm.

14.28 Rates for all items quoted shall be inclusive of all work and items given in the above
mentioned specifications and Schedule of Quantities and applicable for the work under
floors, in shafts or at ceiling level at all heights and depths. All rates are inclusive of
cutting holes and chases in RCC and masonry work and making good the same. All rates
are inclusive of pre testing and on site testing of the installations, materials and
commissioning.

14.29 Cleaning and Disinfection of Pipelines:-

On completion of hydraulic tests and before a pipe is disinfected, it shall be proved to be


free from obstruction, debris and sediment by scouring or by any other process which
the Engineer-in-charge may prescribe. Upon satisfactory completion of testing and
cleaning, the pipelines shall be disinfected as ordered. Chlorine solution shall be applied
at the charging point as the pipeline is being filled and dosing shall be continued until
the pipeline is full and at least 50 parts of chlorine per million parts of water have been
made available and distributed evenly. If ordinary bleaching power is used, proportions
will 150 gms of power to 1000 litre of water. If a proprietary brand is used, the
proportion shall be as specified by the manufacturer. The treated water shall be left in
pipeline for a period as directed but not exceeding 24 hours chlorine residual tests shall
be taken at various points along the pipeline. The disinfection process shall be repeated
until the sample of water taken from the pipeline are declared fit for human consumption
by a recognized laboratory.

116
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
14.30 Opening, cut out in slabs, beams as required shall be left out by inserting PVC spouts of
required size before casting of RCC members. Nothing extra shall be paid on this
account.

14.31 The entire responsibility for the quality of work will however rest with the building
contractor only.

14.32 The work of water supply, internal sanitary installations and drainage etc. shall be
carried out as per the bylaws of the Municipal Corporation or any other local body and
the contractor shall produce necessary completion certificates from such authority after
completion of work.

14.33 All sanitary wares and fittings shall conform to IS standards and to be procured from
approved makes. The contractor shall submit samples of minimum three different makes
of approved make list for all fittings and fixtures proposed to be used to the Engineer-in-
charge for his approval and decision of engineer-in-charge regarding selection of any
sample shall be final and binding. The approved samples shall remain with the Engineer-
in-charge till the completion of the work.

14.34 P or S and floor traps (long arm upto90 cm length or more) in WCs shall be of deep seal
type of RIF make or equivalent and shall have a minimum water seal of 75 mm. Floor
traps (long arm upto90 cm length or more) shall have a minimum water seal of 50 mm.

14.35 The piping stack shall be installed at least 50mm using MS brackets, away from the
finished / plastered shaft wall. The Item of Brackets and Clamps shall be paid for
separately. From floor traps to outside CI fittings only single piece connection pipe shall
be used.

14.36 All vertical Sanitary & water supply pipes shall be fixed to pre primered and pre painted
M.S supporting frame with “U” shaped G.I bolts, threaded at both ends, as specified, with
GI nuts, GI washers, GI cleats etc. as approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Supporting
frame shall be fixed with approved anchor fasteners / plumbing nails as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge. In all cases, pipelines shall be fixed, minimum 50 mm away from the
finished wall face and shall not be fixed directly to the walls. The cost of providing and
fixing GI supporting frame, “U” bolts, GI nuts, GI washer, anchor fastener etc., for
clamping the pipes to the supporting frame shall be paid for separately under relevant
item.

117
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
14.37 The rates shall include the cost of cutting chases, holes in walls, floors, RCC slabs etc.
Wherever required and making good the same for which nothing extra shall be paid.The
work in general shall be carried out as per CPWD specifications.

14.38 Rate includes all materials, labour and all the operations mentioned in the respective
items unless and otherwise specifically mentioned.

14.39 The SCI pipe wherever necessary shall be fixed to RCC columns, beams etc. with rawl
plugs of approved quality and nothing extra shall paid for on this account.

14.40 All the works shall be completely concealed either within shafts or chases or in fills and
dropped ceilings, unless specifically shown in drawings or required otherwise.

14.41 All the works shall be adequate protected against corrosion, so that the whole work is
free from damage throughout.

14.42 The contractor shall give a performance test of the entire installation(s) as per standing
specifications before the work is finally accepted by making his own arrangements for
water supply, electricity etc. and nothing extra whatsoever shall be payable for the same.

14.43 The contractor shall give a satisfactory performance test of the entire installation (s)
before the work is finally accepted and nothing extra shall be payable to the contractor
on this account.

14.44 The contractor shall be responsible for all the protection of sanitary, water supply fittings
and fixtures against pilferage and breakage during the period of installation until the
completion / handing over of the work.

14.45 Before the work is handed over, the contractor shall clean all fixtures removing all
plaster, stickers, rust stains and other foreign matter, leaving every part in acceptable
condition and ready for use to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.

14.46 The contractor shall submit completion plans for water supply internal sanitary
installations and building drainage work within thirty days of the date of completion.
These plans are to be submitted on drawings prepared preferably through computers (1
original copy + 3 photocopies) on suitable scales to show the general arrangement and
desired details.

14.47 All CP brass water supply fittings and fixtures mentioned anywhere in the agreement
shall be single lever in case of mixers and quarter turn in case of rest and shall be of
make and model as per the list of approved makes provided in the agreement.

118
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
15.0 STAINLESS STEEL RAILINGS:

15.1 Providing, fabricating and fixing in position welded built-up section using stainless pipes
and connecting plates, of Grade S.S. 316/304 and of required diameter & thickness as
per the directions of the Engineer-in-Charge, at the junctions of doors, on walls, other
locations as directed etc. including cutting, welding, grinding, bending to required profile
and shape, hoisting, buffing and polishing, cutting chase/embedding in RCC / Masonry,
fixing using stainless steel screws, nuts, bolts and washers or stainless steel fasteners as
required to make it rigidly fixed & stable and making good the plaster/flooring etc. all
complete, at all floors and all levels as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

15.2 Rate includes cost of all inputs of materials, labour, T&P, etc. involved in the work and
all incidental charges to execute this item. However, for the purpose of payment only the
actual weight of the stainless pipes and stainless steel plates provided and fixed shall be
measured in kg.

15.3 SURFACE FINISH: Surface finish of all the stainless-steel materials will be in 240 grit
satin finish / matt finish.

15.4 COATING MASS: All stainless-steel material will have to be coated by a solution of Inox to
avoid finger in prints and avoidance of settlement of environment / atmospheric dust.

15.5 ACCESSORIES: The S.S. railing to be fixed to staircase and all other location shall be
modular and of design and make as approval by the Engineer-in-charge and as per list of
approved makes. Fixing will be done by stainless steel expansion bolts of approved size
and make as per Engineer- in-charge and welding if required to be done at any isolated
place, to be done by using organ welding rods and the surface being duly finished and
cleaned by K2 passivation, which is nitric acid plus fluoric acid solution treatment by
which the chances of corrosion will be eliminated and any burn out makes on the metal
will also be eliminated.

15.6 The items of stainless steel railing mentioned in the agreement shall be modular in
construction as per as per the list of approved makes provided in the agreement. Welding
as means of jointing shall be resorted to in exceptional cases only with the approval of
engineer-in-charge.

16.0 ALUMINIUM WORK

16.1 The work shall be carried out through an approved specialist agency who shall furnish
all materials, labour, accessories equipment tool & plant, incidental required for

119
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
providing and installing anodized/powder coated aluminum door, windows, claddings,
louvers and other items as called for in the drawings. The drawings and specifications
cover the major requirement only. The supplying of additional fastenings, accessory
features and mentioned specifically herein but which are necessary to make a complete
installation shall be a part of the contract.

16.2 Items of aluminium provided for shutter and fixed portion in the agreement shall be of
section compatible with euro hinges/ butt hinges/concealed hinges/3d hinges or rollers
for used in casement / sliding shutters as directed by the engineer-in-charge, for which
nothing extra shall be paid and the decision of engineer-in-charge in this regard shall be
final and binding.

16.3 All the aluminium doors and windows shall be factory fabricated through specialized
agencies as per the list of approved makes. In case no agency is provided in the list of
approved makes, specialized agency shall be got approved from engineer-in-charge after
submitting all required document like previous work done, completion certificate, copy of
work order, IT TDS certificates for the work done etc. as may have been prescribed in the
agreement to the satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge including inspection of work if
required. The decision of engineer-in-charge regarding acceptance or rejection of such
agency proposed by the contractor shall be final and binding. In no case fabrication of
aluminium door and windows shall be allowed at site.

16.4 Factory Specifications:

The vendor must have In-house Machinery centre "4-Axis SBZ 140" for fabricating the
aluminium profile in exact degree/angles. In-house Anodizing Plant with 18 tank process
using Houghton or equivalent Chemicals and Own Powder Coating Plant with inbuilt
Conveyor Oven System for colour finishes on aluminium profiles which don't have any
fading and peel off issues at site. The vendor must have In-house Packaging Machines &
Logistics Facility for better and fast transportation.

16.5 Shop Drawings:

Before proceeding with any manufacturing, the contractor shall prepare and submit
complete manufacturing and installation drawings for approval of Engineer-in-Charge
and no work shall be performed until the approval of these drawings is obtained. The
contractor shall submit the shop drawings of doors, windows louvers cladding and other
aluminum work, based on architectural drawings to Engineer-in-charge for his approval.
The drawings shall show full size sections of door, window etc. thickness of metal (i.e.
120
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
wall thickness) details of construction, sub frame / rough ground profile anchoring
details, hardware as well as connection of windows doors, and other metal work to
adjacent work. Samples of all joints and methods of
fastening and joining shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-Charge for approval well in
advance of commencing the work.

16.6 Samples of aluminium doors, windows, louvers etc. shall be got approved from before
installation en-masse.

16.7 Sections:

Aluminum doors and windows shall be fabricated from extruded section of profiles as
detailed on drawings. The sections shall be extruded by the manufacturers approved by
the Engineer-in-Charge. The aluminum extruded section shall conform to IS designation
63400-WP(HV9WP old designation) with chemical composition and technical properties
as per IS : 733 and 1285. The permissible dimensional tolerance of the extruded sections
shall be such as not to impair the proper and smooth function / operation and
appearance of doors and windows.

16.8 Fabrication:

Doors, window etc. shall be fabricated to sizes as shown at factory and shall be of
section, sizes combinations and details as shown in the Architectural drawings, all doors,
windows etc. shall have mechanical joints. The joints shall be designed to withstand a
minimum wind load of 150 kgs. per sqm or as per the design. The design shall also
ensure that the maximum deflection of any member shall be accurately machined and
fitted to form hairline joints prior to assembly. The joint and accessories such as cleats,
brackets, etc. shall be of such materials as not to cause any bi-metallic action, the
design of the joints and accessories shall be such that the accessories are fully
concealed. The fabrication of doors, windows etc. shall be done
in suitable sections to facilitate easy transportation, handing and installation. Adequate
provision shall be made in the door and windows members for anchoring to support and
fixing of hardware and other fixture as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.

16.9 Powder Coating

121
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
The powder used for powder coating shall be polyester powder made by Akzonobel or
Jenson& Nicholson or Jotun or equivalent. The thickness of powder coating shall not be
less than 60 micron at any point measured with micrometer.

16.10 Protection of Finish: All aluminum members shall be wrapped with approved self-
adhesive non-staining PVC tapes.

16.11 Handling and Stacking

(a) Fabricated materials shall be carted in an approved manner to protect the material
against any damage during transportation. The loading and unloading shall be
carried out with utmost care. On receipt of materials at site, they shall be carefully
examined to detect any damaged pieces. Arrangements shall be made for expeditious
replacement of damaged pieces / parts. Materials found to be acceptable on
inspections shall be repacked in crates and stored safely.
(b) In the case of composite windows, and doors the different units are to be assembled
first. The assembled composite units should be checked for line, level and plumb
before final fixing is done. Unit may be serial numbered and identified as how to be
assembled in their final location of situation so warrants.

(c) Where aluminum comes into contact with masonry brick work / concrete / plaster or
dissimilar metals, it shall be coated with approved insulation lacquer paint or plastic
tape to ensure that electro chemical corrosion is avoided. Insulation materials shall
be trimmed off to clear flush line on completion.

16.12 Silicon Sealant:

The peripheral gaps between plastered faces / RCC and aluminum sections shall be
sealed both from inside and outside to make the windows watertight. Gaps up to
10mm between the peripheral aluminum member and masonry / RCC / Stone shall
be sealed by inserting Backer Rod manufactured by HT TROPLAST or Supreme
Industries and by application of weather silicon / sealant of DOW corning / GE
silicon make.

16.13 Installation:

(a) Just prior to installation the doors, windows etc. shall be uncrated and stacked
on edge on level bearers and supported evenly. The frame shall be fixed into position
true to line and level using adequate number of expansion machine bolts, anchor
fasteners of approved size and manufacture and in an approved manner. The holes in

122
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
concrete / masonry members for housing anchor bolts shall be drilled with an
electrical drill.

(b) The doors windows assembled as shown on drawings shall be placed in correct final
position in this opening and marks made on concrete members at jambs, sills and
heads against the holes provided in frames for anchoring. The frame shall then be
removed from the opening and laid aside. Neat holes with parallel sides of
appropriate size shall then be drilled in the concrete members with an electric drill at
the marking to house the expansion bolts. The expansion bolts shall then be inserted
in the holes, struck with a light hammer till the nut is forced into the anchor shall.
The frame shall then be placed in final position. In the opening and anchored to the
support through cadmium plated machine screws of required sized threaded to
expansion bolts. The frame shall be set in the opening by using wooden wedges at
supports and be plumbed in position. the wedges shall invariably be placed at
meeting points of glazing bars and frames.

(c) Neoprene Gaskets : The E.P.D.M. gasket of suitable profile shall be provided at all
required positions to make the glazing airtight. The contractor shall provide and install
Neoprene Gaskets of approved size and profile at all locations as shown and as called for
to render the doors windows etc. absolutely air tight and weather tight. The contractor
shall submit samples of the gaskets for approval and procure after approval only.

(d) Fittings : The contractor shall cut the floor properly with stone cutting machine to
exact size and shape. The spindle of suitable length to accommodate the floor finish shall
be used. The contractor shall give the guarantee duly supported by the company for
proper functioning of floor springs at least for 10 years. Hinges, stays handles, tower
bolts, locks and other fittings shall be of quality and manufacturer as approved by the
Engineer – in – Charge.

16.14 Details of Test :

(a) The various tests on aluminum sections shall be conducted in accordance with
the relevant IS codes.

(b) The sample of major member of each unit of doors / windows shall be selected at
random by Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative as such that all the
aluminum section shall be got tested.

123
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
(c) The cost of sample, carriage of the samples shall be borne by the contractor. Testing
charges shall be born by the contractor.

16.15 Acceptance Criterion : The aluminum sections shall conform to the provisions of the
relevant items. For payment purpose only actual weight of sections shall be taken into
account. If however, the sectional weight of any aluminum section is higher than the
permissible variation then the weight payable shall be restricted to the weight of the
section including permissible variation.

17.0 FIRE CHECK DOOR


17.1 The Fire Check Doors should be of minimum of 120 minutes fire rating, 30 minutes of
insulation for Metallic and Glazed Fire Check Doors and full insulation for Wooden Fire Doors
and should conform to the design and specifications of the prototype used for obtaining the
fire rating test certificate.
Fire check doors shall satisfy the performance criteria of Fire Resistance - Stability, Fire
Integrity and Insulation as per IS: 3614 (Latest edition)
The contractor shall submit successfully tested prototype test report from CBRI Roorkee of
proposed fire door system conforming to the requirements of Fire Resistance - Stability, Fire
Integrity and Insulation as per IS:3614 (Latest edition). The cost of materials, for testing and
transportation/packing, testing charges and other incidental charges, shall be borne by the
contractor.
17.2 Specifications for wooden fire door:
Providing and installing 2 Hours fire rated wooden doors system including fixed panel/ partition of
approved make and duly tested for 120 minutes Integrity &Full Insulation as per the IS:3614-2021
from NABL/Govt Approved Labs, including Superior class hard wood seasoned second class
teakwood frame of section minimum 120mm x 70mm with Intumescent strip and smoke seal as per
provisions of IS:3614-2021, applying paint and primer as directed by Engineer-in-Charge and fixing
arrangements with 3 to 4 nos SS 304 Anchor Fastener per approved make and required size, 4 nos.
of stainless steel ball bearing hinges of SS 304 quality to capable of taking load up to 120 Kg of the
shutter with SS pin, lock strike plate, shock absorbers as specified. Door should be min 52mm thick
single/ double leaf shutter comprising of 20-25mm thick fire resistant insulation filler of mineral
wool of density 120kg/m3 sandwich with 2 nos. calcium silicate board of minimum 9mm thick and
124
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
faced with 3mm thick commercial ply on both the faces and 1mm thick laminate veneer on both
sides of shutter, and season teakwood lipping all around the shutter with heat activated
intumescent fire seal of minimum size 10mm x 4mm in door frame and shutter all sides except
bottom. Out to out dimension with frame shall be measured for payment. Rate shall be inclusive of
all above mentioned components including fire rated shutter with wooden frame, Intumescent
strip, smoke seal, fasteners, hardware fittings etc. all complete.
17.3 Specifications for Metallic Sheet Fire doors
Hollow metal Insulated 120 minutes fire rated and 30 minutes insulation sublimated Galvanized
Steel wooden finish doors tested as per IS 3614:2021 stability, integrity, and insulation &BS 476
Part 20 & 22 for the Fire Rated Application. Pressed galvanized steel confirming to IS 277.

Frame:

Door frame must be single rebate grooved profile of size as per manufacturers type tested
profile made out of 1.20mm (18gauge) minimum thick galvanized steel sheet. Frames shall be
mitered only. Frames shall be field assembled with self tabs. Bolted & butted joints are not
acceptable. Frames to have in build grooved sealing system and shall be site fitted with fire
rated EPDM C421 gasket as standard. All provision should be mortised, drilled and tapped for
receiving appropriate hardware. Frames should be provided with back plate bracket and
anchor fasteners for installation on a finished plastered masonry wall opening. Once frame is
installed it should be filled with insulating material as recommended by the manufacturer or
engineer in charge.

Shutters:

Door leaf shall be minimum 46mm thick wooden finish fully flush double skin door, Insulated
with or without vision panel. Door leaf shall be manufactured from 1.2mm (18guage) minimum
thick galvanised steel sheet. The internal construction of the door should be rigid reinforcement
pads for receiving appropriate hardware. The infill material shall be high density insulation
mineral / glass wool of 95 kg/m3 or more density. Intumescent seals 15 x 1.5mm to be provided
all around the door in addition to the grooved smoke seal. The edges should be interlocked with
a bending radius of 1.4mm, without any tack welding on edges. For pair of doors integral
astragals has to be provided on the meeting stile for both active and inactive leaf. No surface
mounted or weld joint astragals are acceptable. Vision panel wherever applicable should be
6mm clear fire rated glass as per manufacturers recommendation with a clip-on arrangement
Including providing and fixing of the necessary hardware.

Finish:

All doors and frames shall undergo a sublimation process involving the primary application of
pure polyester powder coating, followed by a secondary application of ink transfer through

125
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
vacuum film transfer to achieve approved wooden grain effect on the object. The door shall be
passed 1000 hr. salt spray test, with RoHS quality certification.

Fire doors shall be with fire rated hardware and vision panel all as a complete assembly.
Manufacturer test certificate shall cover sizes of all doors supplied. Proper label confirming the
type of door and the hourly rating is mandatory.

17.4 Glazed Fire Check Doors

Door Frame: Providing and fixing fire resistant door frame of section 50 x 60 mm on horizontal
side & 35 x 60 mm on vertical sides having built in rebate made out of minimum 1.6 mm thick
GI sheet ( Zinc coating not less than 120gm/ m²) suitable for mounting 120 min Fire Rated
Glazed Door Shutters. The frame shall be filled with Mineral wool Insulation having density min
96Kg/m³ . The frame will have a provision of G.I. Anchor fastners 14 nos ( 5 each on vertical
style & 4 on horizontal style of size M10 x 80 ) suitable for fixing in the opening along with
Factory made Template for SS Ball Bearing Hinges of Size 100x89x3mm for fixing of fire rated
glazed shutter . The frame shall be finished with a approved fire resistant primer or Powder
coating of not less than 30 micron in desired shade as per the directions of Engineer - in-
charge.

Door Shutter: Providing and fixing 60 mm thick glazed fire resistant door shutters of 120 min
Fire Rating and 30 minute insulation confirming to IS:3614 (Part II) or EN1634-1:1999, tested
and certified as per laboratory approved by Engineer-in-charge, with suitable mounting on door
frame, consisting of vertical styles, top rail & side rail 60 mm x 60 mm wide and bottom rail of
110 mm x 60 mm made out of minimum 1.6mm thick G.I. sheet (zinc coating not less than
120gm/m²) duly filled mineral wool insulation having density min 96 kg/ m³ and fixing with
necessary stainless steel ball bearing hinges of size 100x89x3mm of approved make, including
applying a coat of approved fire resistant primer or powder coating not less than 30 micron etc
all complete as per direction of Engineer-in-charge (panelling to be paid for seperately).

Fire Rated Partition Frame: Providing and fixing non load bearing fixed frame for fire resistant
glazed Partition for 120 minutes Fire Rating, made out to a profile of dimension 60mm x 70 mm
of minimum 1.6 mm thick galvanised steel sheet as per test evidence suitable for fixing fire
rated glass for 120 minutes of both integrity & radiation control (EW120) & minimum 30
minutes of insulation (EI20).The profile has to be fixed to the supporting construction by means
of anchor fasteners of size M10 x 80, every 150 mm from the edges and every 500 mm (approx)
c/c. Linear measurement of frame shall be measured for payment. The frame shall be filled with
mineral wool insulation of density min 96kg/ m³. and finished with a approved fire resistant
primer or Powder coating of not less than 30 micron in desired shade as per NBC 2016, IS 16231
(Part 3):2016 and directions of Engineer - in- charge.

Fire Rated Glazing: Providing and fixing glazing in fire resistant door shutters, fixed panels &
partitions etc., with G.I. beading made out of minimum 1.6 mm thick G.I. sheet (zinc coating not
less than 120 gm/m²) of size 20 x 33 mm screwed with M4 x 38 mm SS screws at distance 75
mm from the edges and 150 mm c/c , including applying a coat of approved fire resistant

126
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
primer/ powder coating of not less than 30 micron on G.I. beading, & special ceramic tape of 5 x
20 mm size etc complete in all respect as per NBC 2016, IS 16231 (Part 3):2016 and as per
direction of Engineer-in-charge with glass of required thickness having 120 minutes of fire
resistance both integrity & radiation control (EW120) and minimum 30 minutes of insulation
(EI20). The manufacturer have to give test report/certification of fire glass and the glass should
have the stamp showing the value of E, EW & EI. The glass shall be tested in approved NABL
accredited lab or by any other accreditation body which operates in accordance with ISO/IEC
17011 and accredits labs as per ISO/IEC 17025 for testing and calibration scopes shall be
eligible. The maximum glazing size shall not be more than 1100x2200 mm (w x h) or 2.42 sqm.

18.0 FALSE CEILING WORKS


The luminaries, air grills / diffusers, signage’s etc. shall be as far as possible
independently supported to avoid any over loading of the ceiling system which may result
in excessive deflection or twisting of grids. Any strengthening of grid system by providing
additional hangers, fasteners, runners, cross tees etc. or providing additional bracing may
be carried out as required for any specific locations or for specific purpose for which
nothing extra shall be payable. Various false ceiling systems shall include cost of all
inputs of labour, materials, wastage if any, T&P, scaffolding, staging or any other
temporary enabling structure / services etc. and all other incidental charges including
making necessary cut outs for A.C diffusers, Light fittings, grills, Fire detection, alarm,
sprinklers devices and fittings etc. No deduction in the area shall be made for openings
nor anything extra shall be payable for making the openings. Also nothing extra shall be
payable on account of any wastage in materials. Also nothing extra shall be payable on
account of any strengthening of the supporting suspension system for the false ceiling,
around the openings in the false ceiling by using additional hangers, fasteners, runners,
cross tees, cross channels, etc.
19.0 DE-WATERING
(i) De-watering required, if any, shall be done conforming to BIS Code IS: 9759 (guide lines
for de-watering during construction) and / or as per the specifications approved by the
Engineer-in-Charge. Design of an appropriate and suitable dewatering system shall be
the Contractor’s responsibility. Such scheme shall be modified / augmented as the work
proceeds based on fresh information discovered during the progress of work, at no extra
cost. At all times during the construction work, efficient drainage of the site shall be
carried out by the Contractor and especially during the laying of plain cement concrete,
taking levels etc. The Contractor shall also ensure that there is no danger to the nearby
127
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
properties and installations on account of such lowering of water table. If needed,
suitable precautionary measures shall be taken by the Contractor. Also the scheme of
dewatering adopted shall have adequate built in arrangement to serve as stand-bye to
attend to repair of pumps etc. and disruption of power / fuel supply. Nothing extra shall
be payable for all the operations described in this para.
(ii) In trenches where surface water is likely to get into cut / trench during monsoons, a ring
bund of puddle clay or by any other means shall be formed outside, to the required
height, and maintained by the Contractor. Also, suitable steps shall be taken by the
Contractor to prevent back flow of pumped water into the trench. Nothing extra shall be
payable on this account.
a) For works below ground level the contractor shall keep that area free from water.
If dewatering or bailing out of water is required the contractor shall do the same at his
own cost and nothing extra shall be paid except otherwise provided in the items of
Schedule of Quantities.
b) The Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements for protecting from rains,
fog or likewise extreme weather conditions, the work already executed and for carrying
out further work, during monsoon including providing and fixing temporary shelters,
protections etc. Nothing extra shall be payable on this account and also no claims for
hindrance shall be entertained on this account.
c) In case of flooding of site on account of rain or any other cause and any
consequent damage, whatsoever, no claim financially or otherwise shall be entertained
notwithstanding any other provisions elsewhere in the contract agreement. Also, the
Contractor shall make good, at his own cost, the damages caused, if any. Further, no
claims for hindrance shall be entertained on this account.
d) The contractor will take reasonable precautions to prevent his workman and
employees from removing and damaging any flora (plant/vegetation) from the project
area.
(iii) Unless otherwise specified in the schedule of quantities the rates for all items shall be
considered as inclusive of pumping/baling out water, if necessary, for which no extra
payment shall be made. Those conditions shall be considered to include water from any
source such as inflow of flood, surface and sub-soil water etc. and shall apply to the
execution in any season.

128
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
LIST OF FIELD TESTS AND EQUIPMENTS FOR TESTING OF MATERIALS &
CONCRETE AT SITE LABORATORY
LIST OF FIELD TESTS
i) Particle size and shape.
ii) Slump test.
iii) Flakiness & Elongation Index tests.
iv) Compressive strength (concrete or bricks) test.
v) Rebound Hammer test.
vi) Bulking of sand.
vii) Silt content of sand.
viii) Temperature measuring with thermometer with brass protected end 0-200
C.
ix) Proctor density of compacted earth.
x) Mix grading of DBM & BC.
xi) Thickness & density of compacted layer of DBM & BC.
xii) Pressure test of water supply lines.
xiii) Leakage test of water supply lines & sanitary stacks.
xiv) Any other tests as per CPWD specifications.

129
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
(TABLE-1)

Equipments for Testing of Materials & Concrete at Site Laboratory


All necessary equipment for conducting all necessary tests shall be provided at the site in the
well furnished site laboratory of minimum 25 sqm area by the contractor at his own cost The
following minimum laboratory equipments shall be set up at site office laboratory:-
Numbers
Sl. No. Equipment
(Minimum)
1. Cube testing machine - 100MT compression testing machine, 1
electrical-cum-manually operated
2. Slump cone 2
3. Pumps and pressure gauges for hydraulic testing of pipes 2
4. Graduated glass measuring cylinder As per requirement
5. Sets of sieves for coarse aggregate 2
6. Sets of sieves for fine aggregate 2
7. Cube moulds size 70mmx70mmx70mm 5
8. Cube moulds size 150mmx150mmx150mm 20
9. Electronic balance 100kg 1
10. Physical balance weight upto 5kg 1
11. Measuring jars 100ml, 200ml, 500ml 3 Nos. each
12. Gauging trowels 100mm & 200 mm with wooden handle 3 Nos. each
13. Spatula 100mm & 200mm with long blade wooden handle 2 Nos. each
14. Vernier calipers 12” & 6” size 2 No. each
15. Digital PH meter least count 0.01 mm 1
16. Digital Micrometer least count 0.01mm 1
17. Digital paint thickness meter for steel 500 micron range 1 No.
18. GI tray 600x450x50mm, 450x300x40mm 24 Nos. each
19. Screw gauge 0.1mm -10mm, least count 0.05 2 Nos.
20. Thickness gauge for measuring flakiness index 1 No.
21. Elongation gauge 2 Nos.
22. Measuring cylinder 3,5,10 & 15 liter cylinder 2 Nos. each
23. Motorized sieve shaker 1 No.

130
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
24. Digital Thermometer upto 150° C 5 Nos.
25. Pruning Rods 2kg weight length 40 cm and ramming face 25 2 Nos.
Sqm.
26. Extra Bottom plates for 15 cm cube mould 6 nos.
27. Concrete temperature measuring thermometer with Brass 2 Nos.
protection sheath 0- 100 degree centigrade
28. Mortar Cube vibrator 1 No.
29. Iron Weight of 5 kg, 2 kg, 1 kg, 500 gm, 200 gm, 100 gm 1 No.
30. Brass Weight of 50 gm, 20 gm, 10 gm, 5 gm, 2 gm, 1 gm 1 No.
31. Hammer 1lb& 2lb 2 Nos. each
32. Any other equipment for site tests as outlined in BIS and as As per requirement
directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Note:
1. A site laboratory with temporary structure of minimum 25 sqm area may be fabricated at site by
the contractor for accommodating above instruments and for conducting of various tests for
which no extra payment shall be made to the contractor.
2. One sample keeping room of minimum area of 20 sqm should also be fabricated at site for
keeping various material brought by the contractor at site and approved by the Engineer-in-
charge. No extra payment on account of this shall be made to the contractor.
3. All the above structures should be decent looking and shall be fabricated as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge.
4. All the above structure shall be demolished after completion of work and the dismantled
material shall be the property of the contractor.
5. Contractor has to establish at least two floors centering and shuttering material at site.

131
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
(TABLE-2)

PLANT AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO BE OWNED / TAKEN ON LEASE

BY THE CONTRACTOR

Sl. No. Equipment Numbers(Minimum)

1. Hopper Mixers for mixing of mortar 1 Nos.

2. Excavator cum loader (JCB 3D model of 1 Nos.


equivalent).

3. Needle Vibrators and plate Vibrators. 4 + 2 Nos.

4. Centering and Shuttering 600 Sqm.

5. Power driven earth hammer 1 Nos.

6. Truck/tipper/dumper / Trailer 2 Nos.

7. Reinforcement bending machine. 2 Nos.

8. Reinforcement cutting machine. 2 Nos.

9. Auto level & total station. 2 Nos.

10. Power driven or Vibratory or Sheep foot Road Roller 1 Nos.

11. Tractor with water tanker minimum 800 liter 1 No.


capacity. (if required)

12. Water pump 2 Nos.

13. Welding machine. 1 No.

14. Paver Finisher / Machine Trowels / Screed 2 Nos.


Vibrators.

15. DG Set 100 KVA 1 No.

16. Air Compressor 1 No.

17. Any other machinery required for completion of the As per requirement
work as per decision of Engineer-in-charge.

132
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
GUARANTEE BOND TO BE EXECUTED BY THE CONTRACTOR
FOR REMOVAL OF DEFECTS AFTER COMPLETION IN RESPECT OF
WATER-PROOFING WORKS (All Water - Proofing Items).

The agreement made this.................... day of ................. (Two Thousand _______ only) ..............
between ....................................S/o ...............................................(herein after called the
GUARANTOR of the one part) and the PRESIDENT OF INDIA (hereinafter called the Government
of the other part)

WHEREAS THIS agreement is supplementary to a contract (Hereinafter called the Contract)


dated ...................... and made between the GUARANTOR OF THE ONE PART AND the
Government of the other part whereby the contractor inter alia undertook to render the building
and structures in the said contract recited completely water and leak-proof.

AND WHEREAS THE GUARANTOR agreed to give a guarantee to the effect that the said
structures will remain water/leak proof for (10) Ten years from the date of completion of work
under the contract.

NOW THE GUARANTOR hereby guarantees that work executed by him will render the
structures completely leak proof and the minimum life of such water proofing treatment shall be
(10) Ten years to be reckoned from the date of completion of work under the contract.

The decision of the Engineer-in-charge with regard to nature and cause of defect shall be final
and binding on Guarantor.

During this period of guarantee, the guarantor shall make good all defects and in case of any
defect being found render the building water proof to the satisfaction of the Engineer-In-Charge
calling upon him to rectify the defects failing which the work shall be got done by the
Department by some other contractor at the Guarantor’s cost and risk. The decision of the
Engineer-in-charge as to the cost payable by the Guarantor shall be final and binding.

That if the guarantor fails to execute the water proofing or commits breach there under, then
the guarantor will indemnify the principal and his successor against all loss, damage, cost
expense or otherwise which may be incurred by him by reason of any default on the part of the
GUARANTOR in performance and observance of this supplementary agreement. As to the
amount of loss and/or damage and / or cost incurred by the Government, the decision of the
Engineer-in-charge will be final and binding on both the parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF these presents have been executed by the obligator ....................... and
........................................ by ................................. for and on behalf of the PRESIDENT OF
INDIA on the day, month and year first above written.

SIGNED, sealed and delivered by OBLIGATOR in the presence of:-


1. ................................................ 2. ...........................................
SIGNED FOR AND BEHALF OF THE PRESIDENT OF INDIA BY ................................... in
the presence of:-
1. ............................................... 2. ..........................................

133
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
LIST OF PREFERRED BRANDS / MANUFACTURERS / MAKES

134
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
LIST SHOWING PREFERRED BRANDS/ MANUFACTURERS/MAKES

NOTE: -

1) A List of Preferred Brand Names of Various Materials / Products are shown below for
usage in execution of Work. However, Approved equivalent material of any other
Specialized Companies / Firms may also be used, in case it is established that the
Brands Specified below are not available in the market and subject to Approval of the
alternate Brand by the Engineer In charge.
2) The Contractor shall obtain prior approval from the Engineer-in-charge before placing
order for any specific material or engaging any of the specialized agencies. The
Contractor shall make a detailed submittal with catalogues and highlighted proposed
specifications, as well as full details of the works executed by the specialized agency, as
specified.
3) Unless otherwise specified, the brand/make of the material as specified in the item
nomenclature, in the particular specifications and in the list of approved materials
attached in the tender, shall be used in the work.
4) It must be ensured, in general, that all materials to be used in the works shall bear BIS
Certification mark. In cases where for a particular material/product, BIS Certification
Mark is not available, then the material proposed to be procured can be used subject to
the condition that it should conform to CPWD Specifications and relevant BIS codes. In
such cases written approval of the Engineer-in -Charge shall be obtained before use of
such material in their works.
5) The list given below does not absolve the Executing Agency from their responsibility for
using these products. It is only after, they are satisfied about the quality and
performance, and the products shall be used. To achieve this, proper check on the
quality of the product, actually to be used, should be exercised.
6) The below list is provisional and subject to product conformity of standards of relevant
codes.
7) The S.E. Cum P.D, Development Project Circle- I, CPWD, Delhi reserves the right to add
or delete any materials and brands in the list of approved makes.
8) Contractor shall provide minimum three samples of three different makes for
each item of work as per the list of approved makes for the approval of engineer-
in-charge. It shall be the discretion of Engineer-in-charge to approve any of the
three samples to be submitted by the contractor and decision of engineer-in-
charge in this regard shall be final and binding and nothing extra, whatsoever,
shall be admissible on this ground.

135
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
List of Approved materials for (Civil)

Sl No DETAILS OF MATERIALS MANUFACTURERS/MODEL/MAKE NAME

CONCRETE/RCC WORK

1. CEMENT [ORDINARY PORTLAND CEMENT ACC, AMBUJA, ULTRATECH, JK CEMENT, BIRLA, WONDER
AND CEMENT (P.P.C.) 43 GRADE)]

2. READY MIXED CEMENT CONCRETE ACC, ULTRA TECH, NDCON, SHRI RAM RMC, NUVOCO, VK
RMC or any other RMC Plant with BIS Certification in
accordance to IS 4926 (latest edition) to be approved by
Engineer-in-Charge after inspection of facility.

3. WHITE CEMENT BIRLA WHITE, J.K. WHITE, ULTRA TECH

4. ADMIXTURES FOR PCC/RCC/MORTAR FOSROC, SIKA, BASF, MAPEI, CHRYSO (SAINT GOBAIN)

5. CURING COMPOUND FOSROC, SIKA, CICO, BASF

STEEL WORK

6. STEEL (TMT FE-500D or OTHER GRADE) TATA STEEL LTD., RINL, JINDAL STEEL & POWER LTD
(PANTHER), JSW STEEL LTD (NEO), SAIL.

7. STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTIONS INCLUDING TATA, JINDAL STEEL & POWER LTD, RINL, SAIL, APL
HOLLOW SECTIONS APOLLO

8. STEEL SECTION FOR DOOR/ WINDOW TATA, JINDAL STEEL & POWER LTD, APL APOLLO
FRAME.

9. S.S. STAIRCASE RAILING DORMA, JINDAL LIFESTYLE, DORSET, TECHNORAIL, RINOX,


KICH

10. CLAMP SYSTEM FOR STONE CLADDING HILTI, FISHER, BOSCH, AXEL, AFT

11. DASH, ANCHORING FASTENERS HILTI, FISCHER, BOSCH, AXEL, AFT, WUERTH

12. HIGH TENSILE STEEL TENDONS FOR PT WORK TATA, USHA MARTIN, DP WIRES

13. WELDING RODS ADVANI, ESAB, ADOR

14. REBARRING CHEMICAL BOSCH,3M INDIA, WUERTH, HILTI

MASONRY WORK

15. AAC BLOCK ADHESIVE WEBER (WEBERWALL JOINSBOND), ULTRATECH

136
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
(XTRALITE), MYK LATICRETE, FERROUSCRETE

16. AAC BLOCKS ULTRATECH, BUILTECH, MAGICRETE, R.S. GREEN,


AEROCON, FINECRETE, CLAVECON, FERROUSCRETE

17. STONE ADHESIVE ARDEX ENDURA, WEBER, MYK LATICRETE, MAPEI,


FERROUSCRETE

18. STONE SURFACE SEALER/IMPREGNATION & ARDEX ENDURA, WEBER, MYK LATICRETE, MAPEI
CLEANING AGENTS

19. POLYMER MODIFIED MORTAR SIKA, FOSROC, MYK ARMENT, ULTRATECH, WEBER,
FERROUSCRETE

20. MICRO CONCRETE SIKA, FOSROC, BASF, MYK ARMENT, ULTRATECH,


FERROUSCRETE

21. GRC JALI UNISTONE, BIRLA WHITE, DALAL

22. EXPOSED BRICKWORK BRICKS JINDAL MECHNO BRICKS, THE BRICKSTORE (JAYJALARAM
BRICKS), UNISTONE, PRAYAG CLAY PRODUCTS
(VARANASI)

WOOD, PVC WORK, JOINERIES

23. FACTORY HOT PRESSED GREEN, DURO, CENTURY, GREENLAM, GREENPANEL,


LAMINATED/FACTORY VENEERED POLISHED MERINO
DOOR

24. FLUSH DOOR (BLOCKBOARD CONSTRUCTON) GREEN, DURO, GREENLAM, GREENPANEL, MERINO,
ARCHIDPLY

25. VENEERED/LAMINATED PARTICLE GREEN, GREENLAM, GREENPANEL, BHUTAN TUFF,


BOARD/MDF/HDF/HDHMR BOARD MERINO, ARCHIDPLY

26. BLOCK BOARD, PLYWOOD (PINE BOARD) GREEN, DURO, MERINO, ARCHIDPLY, BHUTAN TUFF

27. LAMINATE/HPL/COMPACT LAMINATE EURO DÉCOR, GREENLAM, MERINO

28. VENEERED PLY EURO DÉCOR, DURO, GREEN, GREEN LAM, GREEN PANEL,
MERINO, ARCHIDPLY, BHUTAN TUFF

29. SS 316 HARDWARE/FITTINGS/JOINERIES FOR DORMA, HAFELE, HETTICH, GEZE


DOOR WINDOWS, WARDROBES, MODULAR

137
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
KITCHENS

30. SS 304 HARDWARE/FITTINGS/JOINERIES FOR HETTICH, GEZE, DORMA, HAFELE


DOOR WINDOWS, WARDROBES

31. HYDRAULIC DOOR CLOSER, FLOOR SPRING DORMA, HAFELE, YALE

32. WOOD ADHESIVE FEVICOL, 3M, SIKA

33. FIRE CHECK DOOR (ALL TYPES) SHAKTI HORMANN, PACIFIC, SUKRI, TATA PRAVESH,
BHAWANI FIRE, PYROTECH, SAINT GOBAIN

34. FIRE RESISTANT (WIRED/INTUMESCENT GEL) SAINT GOBAIN, GLAVER BEL, SCHOTT, PYROGUARD, AIS
GLASS PYROBEL

35. DOOR FITTINGS & HARDWARE FOR FIRE


CHECK DOORS- DOOR CLOSER, PANIC BAR,
PANIC TRIM, HINGES, MORTISE DEAD LOCK, DORMA, HEFELE, GEZE, HORMANN
HANDLE, FLUSH BOLT, DOOR COORDINATER
ETC.

36. PAINT AND PRIMER FOR FIRE CHECK DOOR VIPER, FRS 880/FRS 881, NULLIFIRA, AKZO NOBEL,
PROMAT

37. INTUMESCENT FIRE/SMOKESEAL ASTRO FLAME, RAVEN, SEALZ, LORIENT, 3M, HILTI,
FISCHER

38. TOILET CUBICLES GREENLAM, FUNDERMAX, CENTURY, MERINO

39. ACRYLIC SOLID SURFACE LG HI-MACS, DUPONT CORION, NEONNEX, LUXOR


(DURLAX)

40. VENETIAN/HONEYCOMB/ROLLER BLINDS & MAC, VISTA, DECK, HUNTER DOUGLAS, D'DÉCOR
CURTAIN TRACKS, DRAPERY RODS

41. WPC DOORS & FRAMES ALSTONE, RAJSHRI, GREENPLY, CENTURY, AMULYA

42. WPC BOARDS & JALI ALSTONE, RAJSHRI, GREENPLY, CENTURY, AMULYA

43. uPVC WINDOWS DUROPLAST, ENCRAFT, KOMMERLING, LX-HAUSYS,


PABROS

44. ACOUSTICAL WALL PANELING ANUTONE, ECOTONE, BOLLARD, EARCONS, CREDENCE

138
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
FLOORING

45. VITRIFIED TILES AND CERAMIC TILES KAJARIA, RAK, RESTILE

46. COMPOSITE MARBLE/QUARTZ STONE JOHNSON, KALINGA

47. CC CHEQUERED/TACTILE TILES JOHNSON, RESTILE, KAJARIA, UNISTONE

48. TILE ADHESIVE, EPOXY/CEMENTITIOUS TILE ARDEX ENDURA, WEBER, MYK LATICRETE, MAPEI,CHRYSO
GROUT (SAINT GOBAIN), FERROUSCRETE

49. POLYSULPHIDE SEALANT BASF, FOSROC, SIKA, MAPEI, ARDEX ENDURA, PIDILITE,
CHRYSO (SAINT GOBAIN), FERROUSCRETE, MYK ARMENT

50. WOODEN FLOORING ARMSTRONG, PERGO, MIKASA (GREENLAM), PARADOR


(HIL), JUNCKERS, VISTA

51. UNITILE, LINDNER, UNIFLOOR, TANKARIA, TATE ACCESS


RAISED/ FALSE ACCESS FLOORING SYSTEM
FLOOR SYSTEMS

52. PVC (VINYL) FLOORING ARMSTRONG (CCIL) , WONDERFLOOR, PERGO, LG HAUSYS

ROOFING

53. GYPSUM BOARD INDIA GYPSUM, LAFARGE, BORAL, GYPROC, USG KNAUF

54. CALCIUM SILICATE TILES/BOARD FALSE AEROLITE, SAINT GOBAIN, USG BORAL
CEILING & FRAMING

55. MINERAL FIBRE/ GRG FALSE CEILING SYSTEM ARMSTRONG, GYPROC, AEROLITE, USG BORAL, DIAMOND

56. TUBULAR & METAL FALSE CEILING SYSTEM HUNTER DUGLUS, ARMSTRONG, LINDNER, CREDENCE,
DEXUNE, DURLUM

57. ALUMINIUM BAFFLE FALSE CEILING SYSTEM HUNTER DUGLUS, ARMSTRONG, LINDNER, DURLUM

58. WOODEN FALSE CEILING SYSTEM ARMSTRONG, ANUTONE, ECOPHONE, EPITOME

59. DRY WALL SYSTEM-BOARD AND FRAMING USG BORAL, GYPROC, EVEREST

60. FALSE CEILING SYSTEM- GYPSUM GYPROC, LAFARAGE ,INDIA GYPSUM, USG BORAL

BOARD/TILES

61. CEMENT FIBRE BOARDS EVEREST, BRILA AEROCON, VISHAKHA, CENTURY (Zykron),
SAINT GOBAIN

139
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
62. TENSILE FABRIC BLUE STONE, ENCON, STRUCTURE FLEX, SAINT GOBAIN

FINISHING

63. WATER-PROOF CEMENT PAINT SNOWCEM, ASIAN, ICI.

64. SYNTHETIC ENAMEL PAINT ASIAN (APCOLITE PREMIUM GLOSS/SATIN ENAMEL), ICI
(DULUX GLOSS/SATIN), KANSAI NEROLAC (SYNTHETIC
ENAMEL HI GLOSS/SATIN ENAMEL SMOOTH FINISH),
BERGER (LUXOL HIGH GLOSS/SATIN)

65. PLASTIC/PREMIUM EMULSION PAINT ICI (DULUX VELVET TOUCH/ DULUX SUPERCLEAN),
NEROLAC (BEAUTY GOLD), ASIAN PAINTS (ROYALE
LUXURY EMULSION/ROYALE MATT)

66. OIL BOUND DISTEMPER/ACRYLIC WASHABLE ASIAN PAINTS (TRACTOR EMULSION), ICI (DULUX
DISTEMPER PROMISE INTERIOR), NEROLAC (IMPRESSIONS ECOCLEAN/
IMPRESSIONS IDEAZ)

67. EPOXY/PU PAINT ASIAN, ICI, KANSAI NEROLAC

68. TEXTURED EXTERIOR PAINT ASIAN PAINTS (APEX) ICI (WEATHER SHIELD), KANSAI
NEROLAC (EXCEL)

69. EXTERIOR EMULSION/PAINT ASIAN (ULTIMA PROTEK), ICI (DULUX WEATHERSHIELD


MAX), NEROLAC (EXCEL TOTAL)

70. STEEL PRIMER/ WOOD PRIMER BERGER, NEROLAC, ASIAN, ICI

71. EXTERIOR WATERPROOFING PAINT ASIAN, ICI, NEROLAC

72. ANTI BACTERIAL PAINT ICI , ASIAN, BERGER

73. MELAMINE & PU POLISH ASIAN, ICI, NEROLAC, BERGER

74. GYPSUM PLASTER GYPROC (ELITE-90), ULTRA TECH, USG BORAL, BIRLA
WHITE, FERROUSCRETE, MYK LATICRETE

75. WALL PUTTY JK , BIRLA, ASIAN PAINTS, FERROUSCRETE

76. POWDER COATING AKZO NOBEL, JOTUN, JENSON& NICHOLSON

77. BITUMASTIC PAINT BERGER, SHALIMAR, NEROLAC, ASIAN

ROAD WORK

140
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
78. CC/SFRC PRECAST DRAIN COVER/KERB KK, NITCO, DALAL TILES, CHELSEA, PAVECON, KJS
STONE/CHANNEL CONCRETE, UNISTONE,

79. FRP DRAIN AND MANHOLE COVER DUDHI, ASHIRVAD, KK FRP

80. CC PAVERS/ GRASS PAVER NITCO, UNISTONE, ULTRA TILES, KJS CONCRETE,
PAVECON, CHELSEA

81. THERMOPLASTIC PAINT/ROAD MARKING NEROLAC, ASIAN, SHALIMAR, BERGER, STP LTD
PAINT

WATER SUPPLY & FITTINGS

82. C.P. BRASS FAUCETS, FITTINGS FOR TOILETS


I/C WELLNESS PRODUCTS AND ACCESSORIES
LIKE TOWEL ROD, TOILET PAPER HOLDER, JAQUAR, KOHLER, GROHE, ROCA, AMERICAN STANDARD
ROB HOOK, SOAP DISH HOLDER, LIQUID
SOAP CONTAINER ETC

83. URINAL SENSORS, HAND DRYERS JAQUAR, KOHLER, ROCA, EURONICS

84. PTMT FITTINGS PRAYAG, POLYTUF, PRIMA, SUPREME

85. SS PIPES & FITTINGS FOR WATER SUPPLY JINDAL LIFESTYLE, VIEGA, J PRESS, ALFAPRESS

86. G. I. PIPES TATA, JINDAL HISAR, SAIL, PRAKASH SURYA

87. G. I. FITTINGS UNIK, ICS, KS

88. DI PIPES & FITTINGS KESORAM, ELECTROSTEEL, TATA

89. BRASS/GUNMETAL- ALL/GATE/GLOBE/ LEADER, SANT, ZOLOTO, KIRLOSKAR


NRV/FOOT/PRV- VALVES

90. CI-BUTTERFLY/SLUICE/NRV/FOOT/AIR LEADER, SANT, ZOLOTO, KIRLOSKAR


RELEASE- VALVES

91. FLOAT VALVE (BALL TYPE) PRAYAG, LEADER, ZOLOTO, IBP, ARCO

92. Y TYPE STRAINER EMERALD, SANT, ZOLOTO, LEADER

93. FORGED STEEL FITTINGS/FLANGES JOHNSON, VS FORGE, JK FORGING, TRUE FORGE, INDUS,
MEC (JAINSONS)

94. PIPE HANGERS/SUPPORTS/CLAMPS HILTI, FISCHER, EUROCLAMP, GMGR, NECO, EASYFLEX

141
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
95. MS PIPES JINDAL HISAR, TATA, SURYA, APL APOLLO

96. C.I./D.I. MANHOLES COVERS, GRATINGS BIC, RIF, NECO, ACO

97. PVC WATER STORAGE TANKS SINTEX, SHEETAL, SUPREME, POLYPLAST

98. CPVC/ UPVC PIPES & FITTINGS ASHIRWAD, FINOLEX, SUPREME, ASTRAL

SANITARY INSTALLATIONS

99. VITREOUS CHINA SANITARYWARE KOHLER, JAQUAR, ROCA

100. STAINLESS STEEL SINKS NILKANTH, NIRALI, ROCA, HAFELE

101. EXPOSED PVC CISTERN KOHLER, ROCA, JAQUAR

102. CENTRIFUGAL CAST (SPUN) IRON (S&S) / NECO, BIC, PAM-SAINT GOBAIN, SKF
HUBLESS PIPES AND FITTINGS

103. CENTRIFUGALLY CAST (SPUN) IRON PIPES NECO, BIC, PAM-SAINT GOBAIN, SKF
(CLASS LA)

104. C.P. BOTTLE TRAPS JAQUAR, ROCA, KOHLER

105. SS/CP BRASS ANTI COCKROACH VIKING, JAYNA, CHILLI, KICH, EURONICS
TRAP/GRATING FOR DRAINAGE PIPES

106. STONEWARE PIPES & GULLY TRAPS PERFECT, TAYA, PARRY, BURN, ANAND, HIND

107. RCC PIPES LAKSHMI, SOOD & SOOD, JAIN & CO, PRAGATI CONCRETE,
KK, USHA, DIWAN SPUN PIPE

108. HDPE PIPES ASHIRVAD, SUPREME, ASTRAL

109. PVC PIPES REX POLYEXTRUSION, SUPREME, PRINCE, SUPREME,


ASHIRVAD

ALUMINIUM

110. ALUMINIUM HARDWARE FITTINGS FOR ALUALPHA, GEZE, ROTO, DR HANN, SECURISTYLE, STAC,
ALUMINIUM WINDOWS & DOORS, FRICTION SCHUCO
STAY HINGES

111. ALUMINIUM EXTRUDED SECTIONS FOR JINDAL, HINDALCO, BHORUKA


DOORS & WINDOWS ETC.

142
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
112. ALUMINIUM SYSTEM WINDOWS/DOORS, KALCO, SCHUCO, TECHNAL, SAPA, SHANKAR
STRUCTURAL GLAZING FABRICATORS FENESTRATIONS & GLASS (PABROS)

113. ALUMINIUM GLASS PARTITION SYSTEM DORMAKABA, LINDNER, KUBIK, BOTTOMLINE, KALCO

114. EPDM GASKET HANU, ANAND, ALP, MONA

115. SILICON GASKET DORSET, HAFELE, JAQUAR, GODREJ, SAINT GOBAIN

116. FLOAT GLASS MODIGUARD, SAINT GOBAIN, ASAHI, SISECAM (TURKEY)

117. TOUGHENED GLASS PROCESSOR AIS GLASS, SHANKAR TUFF, Art N GLASS, SHEESHMAHAL

118. MASKING TAPE 3M, SUN, WONDER POLYMER

119. REFLECTIVE GLASS SAINT GOBAIN, ASAHI (INDIA), PILKINGTON, GUARDIAN

120. LOOKING GLASS / MIRROR ATUL, MODI GUARD, GOLDEN FISH, SAINT GOBAIN

121. ADHESIVE TAPE/STRUCTURAL SEALANT TAPE NORTON, 3M, PENTA GUN

122. SILICON SEALANT GE MOMENTIVE, DOW CORNING, WACKER, MAPEI, MC-


BAUCHEMIE

123. ROCK WOOL/GLASS WOOL U.P TWIGA, ROCK WOOL INDIA LTD., LLYOD LTD., ROXUL
ROCKWOOL INDIA

124. FROSTED FILM LG, 3M, GARWARE, DUPONT

125. AUTOMATIC SLIDING DOOR SCHUCO, SAPABUILDINGSYSTEMS, EUROPEAN


FAÇADEPRODUCT(EPF), DORMA KABA , HAFELE
WATER PROOFING

126. PVC WATER STOP/ SWELLABLE WATER BAR SIKA, FOSROC, PENETRON, BASF, VELOSIT

127. PU/EPOXY/CEMENTITIOUS GROUTING LATICRETE, WEBER, MAPEI, SIKA, FOSROC,CHRYSO (SAINT


COMPOUND GOBAIN), VELOSIT

128. HIGH PERFORMANCE EPOXY BASED RESIN FOSROC, FISHER, HILTI


ANCHOR SYSTEM

129. EPOXY MORTAR/PUTTY FOSROC, SIKA, BASF, LATICRETE, MAPEI, ARDEX ENDURA,
CHRYSO (SAINT GOBAIN)

130. SOLVENT BASED SILICONE REPELLENT FAIRMATE, WACKER, WEBER, MYK ARMENT, MAPEI,
COATING DOW CHEMICALS, ZYDEX

143
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
131. CRYSTALLINE WATER PROFFING COMPOUND XYPEX, PENETRONE, KRYTON
(At doses arrived after testing)

132. LIQUID APPLIED PU/POLYUREA,HYBRID SIKA, FOSROC, BASF, MAPEI


POLYUREA/ELASTOMERIC WATER PROOFING
MEMBRANE (1 COMPONENT/2
COMPONENT)

133. HDPE/PVC BASED DRAINAGE BOARD DANODRAIN, SIKA, FOSROC, BASF

134. HDPE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE SIKA, FOSROC, BASF, MAPEI, GRACE

135. APP/PVC/SBR BITUTHENE/BITUMINOUS FOSROC, SIKA, BASF, STP, GRACE


MEMBRANES (INCLUDING SELF ADHESIVE
TYPE)

136. PU/EPOXY SEALANT FOR CRACKS SIKA, FOSROC, BASF, MYK ARMENT, MAPEI, WEBER,
CHRYSO (SAINT GOBAIN)

137. TWO PART ACRYLIC POLYMER MODIFIED LATICRETE, WEBER, MAPEI, SIKA, FOSROC,CHRYSO (SAINT
CEMENTITIOUS ELASTOMERIC COATING AND GOBAIN), VELOSIT
ITS ACCESSORIES

138. SMC tank SINTEX, SOVISY, DEVI POLYMER

144
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Schedule of Quantity (Civil)

145
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
GENERAL ABSTRACT OF COST
Name of Work : Construction of New Academic Building at Sector 22 Dwarka,
University of Delhi, Delhi.
Sub Head
Description Amount (Rs.)
Number
1 Earth Work 84,12,833.00
2 Cement Concrete 74,61,175.00
3 Reinforced Cement Concrete 37,53,17,350.00
4 Masonry Work 2,24,66,288.00
5 Cladding Work 56,94,493.00
6 Wood & PVC work 4,07,45,228.00
7 Steel Work 1,00,68,867.00
8 Flooring 5,04,67,853.00
9 Roofing 1,52,83,600.00
10 Finishing 2,12,87,115.00
11 Road Work 74,50,841.00
12 Sanitary Installations 51,27,602.00
13 Water Supply 83,93,780.00
14 Drainage 18,61,632.00
15 Aluminium Work 42,98,469.00
16 Water proofing 2,40,73,060.00
Structural Glazing Aluminium Composite
17 2,43,41,213.00
Panel
18 New Technologies & Material 1,91,41,881.00
19 Misc. Items 1,31,67,963.00
Total 66,50,61,243.00

146
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
SLNo Description Quantity Unit Rate Amount

1 EARTH WORK

Earth work in excavation by mechanical means


(Hydraulic excavator)/manual means over areas
(exceeding 30 cm in depth, 1.5 m in width as well
1.1 as 10 sqm on plan) including getting out and
disposal of excavated earth lead upto 50 m and for
all lift, as directed by Engineer-in-charge.
All kinds of soil
1.1.1 cum
5,950.00 177.50 10,56,125.00

Excavating trenches by mechinical / manual


means of required width for pipes, cables, etc
including excavation for sockets, and dressing of
sides, ramming of bottoms, for all depth, including
getting out the excavated soil, and then returning
1.2
the soil as required, in layers not exceeding 20 cm
in depth, including consolidating each deposited
layer by ramming, watering, etc. and disposing of
surplus excavated soil as directed, within a lead of
50 m :
1.2.1 All kinds of soil
Pipes, cables etc. exceeding 80 mm dia but not
1.2.1.1 Metre
exceeding 300 mm dia 686.00 352.15 2,41,575.00
Pipes, cables etc. exceeding 300 mm dia but not
1.2.1.2 Metre
exceeding 600 mm 338.00 549.75 1,85,816.00

Filling available excavated earth (excluding rock)


in trenches, plinth, sides of foundations etc. in
1.3 layers not exceeding 20cm in depth, consolidating Cum
4,535.00 196.00 8,88,860.00
each deposited layer by ramming and watering,
lead up to 50 m and for all lift .

Extra for every additional lift of 1.5 m or part


1.4 thereof in excavation / banking excavated or
- -
stacked materials.
All kinds of soil
1.4.1 cum
14,305.00 126.80 18,13,874.00

- -

147
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Supplying, stacking and filling of local earth
(including royalty) by mechanical transport upto a
lead of 5km also including ramming and watering
1.5 Cum
of the earth in layers not exceeding 20 cm in 2,603.00 700.50 18,23,402.00
foundation trenches, plinth, sides of foundation
etc. complete for all lift.

Supplying and filling in plinth with sand under


1.6 floors, including watering, ramming, consolidating cum
1,115.00 2,123.75 23,67,981.00
and dressing complete.

- -
Clearing jungle including uprooting of rank
vegetation, grass, brush wood, trees and saplings
of girth up to 30 cm measured at a height of 1 m
1.7 Sqm
above ground level and removal of rubbish up to a 2,000.00 17.60 35,200.00
distance of 50 m outside the periphery of the area
cleared.

TOTAL
84,12,833.00

2 CEMENT CONCRETE (CAST IN SITU)

Providing and laying in position cement concrete


2.1 of specified grade excluding the cost of centering
and shuttering - All work up to plinth level :
1:3:6 (1 Cement : 3 coarse sand (zone-III) derived
from natural sources : 6 graded stone aggregate
2.1.1 Cum
20 mm nominal size derived from natural 616.00 7,294.70 44,93,535.00
sources)
1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand (zone-III)
derived from natural sources : 10 graded stone
2.1.2 Cum
aggregate 40 mm nominal size derived from 50.00 6,518.60 3,25,930.00
natural sources)

148
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Providing and laying in position ready mixed or
site batched design mix cement concrete for plain
cement concrete work; using coarse aggregate and
fine aggregate derived from natural sources,
Portland Pozzolana/Ordinary Portland /Portland
Slag cement, admixtures in recommended
proportions as per IS: 9103 to accelerate / retard
setting of concrete, to improve durability and
workability without impairing strength; including
pumping of concrete to site of laying, curing,
2.2 carriage for all leads; but excluding the cost of
centering, shuttering and finishing as per
direction of the engineer-in-charge; for the
following grades of concrete. Note: Extra cement
up to 10% of the minimum specified cement
content in design mix shall be payable separately.
In case the cement content in design mix is more
than 110% of the minimum specified cement
content, the contractor shall have discretion to
either re-design the mix or bear the cost of extra
cement.
2.2.1 All works upto plinth level :
Concrete of M10 grade with minimum cement
2.2.1.1 Cum
content of 220 kg /cum 299.00 8,835.15 26,41,710.00

TOTAL
74,61,175.00

3 REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE

Reinforced cement concrete work in beams,


suspended floors, roofs having slope up to 15°
landings, balconies, shelves, chajjas, lintels, bands,
plain window sills, staircases and spiral stair cases
above plinth level up to floor five level, excluding
3.1 the cost of centering, shuttering, finishing and cum
51.00 11,505.50 5,86,781.00
reinforcement with 1:1.5:3 (1 cement : 1.5 coarse
sand(zone-III) derived from natural sources : 3
graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size
derived from natural sources).

Centering and shuttering including strutting,


3.2 propping etc. and removal of form for

Foundations, footings, bases of columns, etc. for


3.2.1 Sqm
mass concrete 330.00 392.15 1,29,410.00

149
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Walls (any thickness) including attached pilasters,
3.2.2 butteresses, plinth and string courses etc. Sqm
12,656.00 842.50 1,06,62,680.00

Suspended floors, roofs, landings, balconies and


3.2.3 Sqm
access platform 21,417.00 927.25 1,98,58,913.00

Lintels, beams, plinth beams, girders, bressumers


3.2.4 Sqm
and cantilevers 13,656.00 736.40 1,00,56,278.00

Columns, Pillars, Piers, Abutments, Posts and


3.2.5 Sqm
Struts 11,933.00 961.30 1,14,71,193.00

Stairs, (excluding landings) except spiral-


3.2.6 Sqm
staircases 561.00 764.95 4,29,137.00

Extra for shuttering in circular work (20% of


3.2.7 respective centering and shuttering items Sqm
344.00 192.26 66,137.00

Small lintels not exceeding 1.5 m clear span,


moulding as in cornices, window sills, string
3.2.8 Sqm
courses, bands, copings, bed plates, anchor blocks 402.00 392.15 1,57,644.00
and the like

Extra for additional height in centering, shuttering


where ever required with adequate bracing,
propping etc., including cost of de-shuttering and
3.3
decentering at all levels, over a height of 3.5 m, for
every additional height of 1 metre or part thereof
(Plan area to be measured).
Suspended floors, roofs, landing, beams and
3.3.1 balconies (Plan area to be measured) Sqm
21,417.00 384.30 82,30,553.00

Steel reinforcement for R.C.C. work including


straightening, cutting, bending, placing in position
3.4
and binding all complete upto plinth level & above
plinth.
Thermo-Mechanically Treated bars of grade Fe-
3.4.1 500D or more. kg 19,57,18,738.0
18,14,731.00 107.85
0

150
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Providing and laying in position ready mixed or
site batched design mix cement concrete for
reinforced cement concrete work; using coarse
aggregate and fine aggregate derived from natural
sources, Portland Pozzolana / Ordinary Portland
/Portland Slag cement, admixtures in
recommended proportions as per IS: 9103 to
accelerate / retard setting of concrete, to improve
durability and workability without impairing
strength; including pumping of concrete to site of
3.5 laying, curing, carriage for all leads; but excluding
the cost of centering, shuttering, finishing and
reinforcement as per direction of the engineer-in-
charge; for the following grades of concrete. Note:
Extra cement up to 10% of the minimum specified
cement content in design mix shall be payable
separately. In case the cement content in design
mix is more than 1.10 times of the specified
minimum cement content, the contractor shall
have discretion to either re-design the mix or bear
the cost of extra cement.
3.5.1 All works upto plinth level
Concrete of M35 grade with minimum cement
3.5.1.1 cum
content of 370 kg /cum 5,898.00 9,806.70 5,78,39,917.00

3.5.2 All works above plinth level upto floor V level


Concrete of M40 grade with minimum cement
3.5.2.1 cum
content of 390 kg /cum 5,168.00 10,313.30 5,32,99,134.00

Add for using extra cement in the items of design


3.6 mix over and above the specified cement content quintal
4,427.00 733.50 32,47,205.00
therein.

Extra for R.C.C./ B.M.C/ R.M.C. work above floor V


3.7 level for each four floors or part thereof. Cum
1,823.00 355.65 6,48,350.00

- -
Supplying and applying pre tested and approved
water based concrete curing compound to
3.8 concrete/ masonry surface, all as per
- -
manufacturer’s specification and direction of
Engineer-in-charge.
Non pigmented wet curing compound
3.8.1 Sqm
2,000.00 69.05 1,38,100.00

Extra for using Self-compacting Cement Concrete


3.9 of M-40/ M-35 Grade . Cum
1,660.00 1,673.00 27,77,180.00

151
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
TOTAL
37,53,17,350.
00

4 MASONRY WORK

Brick work with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non


4.1 modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in
foundation and plinth in:
Cement Mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand).
4.1.1 cum
50.00 7,132.25 3,56,613.00

Brick work with common burnt clay F.P.S. (non


modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in
4.2 superstructure above plinth level up to floor V
level in all shapes and sizes in :
Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand)
4.2.1 cum
300.00 9,105.95 27,31,785.00

Half brick masonry with common burnt clay F.P.S.


(non modular) bricks of class designation 7.5 in
4.3
superstructure above plinth level up to floor V
level.
Cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement :4 coarse sand)
4.3.1 Sqm
299.00 1,123.80 3,36,016.00

Extra for providing and placing in position 2 Nos


4.4 6mm dia. M.S. bars at every third course of half Sqm
299.00 104.80 31,335.00
brick masonry.

-
Providing and laying Autoclaved Aerated Concrete
(AAC) blocks masonry with 100mm to 300 mm
thick with Grade-I AAC blocks of density 551 to
650 kg/ cum conforming to IS: 2185 (Part 3) all
work upto plinth level with RCC band at sill level
4.5 and lintel level & mullion for door, window frame cum
with approved block laying polymer modified 2,261.00 8,333.65 1,88,42,383.00
dhesive mortar allcomplete as per direction of
Engineer- in-Charge. (The payment of RCC band
and reinforcement, mullion, shall be made for
seperately).

152
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Providing and fixing fibre glass mesh 145 GSM at
junction of concrete and brick work/ block work
or between different materials, locations of
conduits, pipes etc. (as per manufacturer
4.6 Sqm
specification), hacking of concrete/ application of 1,295.00 129.85 1,68,156.00
bonding agent, finishing, curing, scaffolding for all
floor all level all height etc. complete as directed
by engineer in charge.

TOTAL
2,24,66,288.0
0

5 CLADDING WORK

Providing and fixing 18 mm thick gang saw cut,


mirror polished, premoulded and prepolished,
machine cut for kitchen platforms, vanity
counters, window sills, facias and similar locations
of required size, approved shade, colour and
5.1 texture laid over 20 mm thick base cement mortar
1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand), joints treated with
white cement, mixed with matching pigment,
epoxy touch ups, including rubbing, curing,
moulding and polishing of edges to give high gloss
finish etc. complete at all levels.
Granite stone slab of colour black, Cherry/Ruby
5.1.1
red
Area of slab upto 0.50 Sqm
5.1.1.1 Sqm
27.00 5,413.50 1,46,165.00
Area of slab over 0.50 Sqm
5.1.1.2 Sqm
60.00 5,136.30 3,08,178.00

Extra for fixing marble /granite stone, over and


above corresponding basic item, in facia and drops
5.2 of width upto 150 mm with epoxy resin based Metre
95.00 568.55 54,012.00
adhesive, including cleaning etc. complete.

Extra for providing opening of required size &


shape for wash basin/ kitchen sink in kitchen
platform, vanity counter and similar location in
5.3 each
marble/ Granite/ stone work, including necessary 34.00 978.70 33,276.00
holes for pillar taps etc. including moulding,
rubbing and polishing of cut edges etc. complete.

Mirror polishing on marble work/Granite


5.4 work/stone work where ever required to give sqm
high gloss finish complete. 5,183.00 506.70 26,26,226.00

153
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Providing and fixing 75 cm high, 50 cm deep and
18 mm thick stone slab with table rubbed, edges
rounded and polished, fixed in urinal partitions
by cutting a chase of appropriate width with chase
5.5 cutter and embedding the stone in the chase with
epoxy grout or with cement concrete 1:2:4 (1
cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate
6 mm nominal size) as per direction of Engineer-
in-charge and finished smooth.
Granite Stone of approved shade
5.5.1 Sqm
24.00 4,051.85 97,244.00

Providing and fixing Ist quality ceramic glazed


wall tiles of size not less than 300x450mm,
conforming to IS: 15622 (thickness to be specified
by the manufacturer), of approved make, in all
colours, shades except burgundy, bottle green,
black of any size as approved by Engineer-in-
5.6 Charge, in skirting, risers of steps and dados, over Sqm
1,916.00 1,267.95 24,29,392.00
12 mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement :
3 coarse sand) and jointing with grey cement
slurry @ 3.3kg per Sqm, including pointing in
white cement mixed with pigment of matching
shade complete.

TOTAL
56,94,493.00

6 WOOD AND P. V. C. WORK

Providing and fixing panelling or panelling and


glazing in panelled or panelled and glazed
shutters for doors, windows and clerestory
windows (Area of opening for panel inserts
6 excluding portion inside grooves or rebates to be
measured). Panelling for panelled or panelled and
glazed shutters 25 mm to 40 mm thick :

6.1 Float glass panes


4 mm thick glass pane (weight not less than
6.1.1 sqm
10kg/sqm). 121.00 2,241.80 2,71,258.00

154
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Extra for providing frosted glass panes 4 mm thick
(weight not less than 10 kg per sqm) instead of
ordinary float glass panes 4 mm thick (weight not
6.2 less than 10 kg per sqm) in doors, windows and Sqm
clerestory window shutters. (Area of opening for 121.00 176.40 21,344.00
glass panes excluding portion inside rebate shall
be measured).

Providing and fixing 35 mm thick factory made ISI


Mark laminated BWP door shutter of approved
make conforming to IS : 2202 (Part 1), including
the cost of providing and fixing SS 304 grade
hinges of size 100mm x75mm x 3mm thick,
6.3 approved make and model all complete as per Sqm
786.00 5,855.95 46,02,777.00
directions of Engineer-in- charge. Flush door
shutter shall be provided with factory pressed
decorative laminate on both sides 1mm thick of
arroved make and shade.

Extra for providing vision panel not exceeding 0.1


sqm in all type of flush doors (cost of glass
6.4
excluded) (overall area of door shutter to be
measured):
Rectangular or square
6.4.1 Sqm
786.00 199.15 1,56,532.00

Extra for cutting rebate in flush door shutters


6.5 (Total area of the shutter to be measured). Sqm
786.00 106.70 83,866.00

Providing and fixing aluminium tower bolts, ISI


marked, anodised (anodic coating not less than
6.6 grade AC 10 as per IS : 1868 ) transparent or dyed
to required colour or shade, with necessary
screws etc. complete :
250x10 mm
6.6.1 each
16.00 115.15 1,842.00

Providing and fixing aluminium handles, ISI


marked, anodised (anodic coating not less than
grade AC 10 as per IS : 1868) transparent or dyed
6.7 to required colour or shade, with necessary
screws etc. complete :

125 mm
6.7.1 each
16.00 66.25 1,060.00

155
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Providing and fixing 2nd class teak wood lipping/
moulded beading or taj beading of size 18X5 mm
fixed with wooden adhesive of approved quality
6.8 metre
and screws/nails on the edges of the Pre- 290.00 102.15 29,624.00
laminated particle board as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge.

Providing and fixing partition upto ceiling height


consisting of G.I. frame and required board,
including providing and fixing of frame work
made of special section power pressed/ roll form
G.I. sheet with zinc coating of 120 gms/Sqm (both
side inclusive), consisting of floor and ceiling
channel 50mm wide having equal flanges of 32
mm and 0.50 mm thick, fixed to the floor and
ceiling at the spacing of 610 mm centre to centre
with dash fastener of 12.5 mm dia meter 50 mm
length or suitable anchor fastener or metal screws
with nylon plugs and the studs 48 mm wide
having one flange of 34 mm and other flange 36
mm and 0.50 mm thick fixed vertically within
flanges of floor and ceiling channel and placed at a
spacing of 610 mm centre to centre by 6 mm dia
bolts and nuts, including fixing of studs along both
ends of partition fixed flush to wall with suitable
6.9
anchor fastener or metal screws with nylon plugs
at spacing of 450 mm centre to centre, and fixing
of boards to both side of frame work by 25 mm
long dry wall screws on studs, floor and ceiling
channels at the spacing of 300 mm centre to
centre. The boards are to be fixed to the frame
work with joints staggered to avoid through
cracks, M.S. fixing channel of 99 mm width (0.9
mm thick having two flanges of 9.5 mm each) to
be provided at the horizontal joints of two boards,
fixed to the studs using metal to metal flat head
screws, including jointing and finishing to a flush
finish with recommended jointing compound,
jointing tape, angle beads at corners (25 mm x 25
mm x 0.5 mm), joint finisher and two coats of
primer suitable for board as per manufacture's
specification and direction of engineer in charge
all complete.
75 mm overall thickness partition with 12.5 mm
thick double skin fire rated Glass Reinforced
6.9.1 Gypsum (GRG) plaster board conforming to IS: Sqm
2,025.00 2,131.10 43,15,478.00
2095: part 3 (Board with BIS certification marks)

156
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Providing and fixing fire resistant door frame of
section 50 x 60 mm on horizontal side & 35 x 60
mm on vertical sides having built in rebate made
out of 1.6 mm thick GI sheet ( Zinc coating not less
than 120gm/ m²) suitable for mounting 120
minute Fire Rated Glazed Door Shutters. The
frame shall be filled with Mineral wool Insulation
having density min 96Kg/m³ . The frame will have
a provision of G.I. Anchor fastners 14 nos ( 5 each
6.11 on vertical style & 4 on horizontal style of size Metre
931.00 1,192.85 11,10,543.00
M10 x 80 ) suitable for fixing in the opening along
with Factory made Template for SS Ball Bearing
Hinges of Size 100x89x3mm for fixing of fire rated
glazed shutter . The frame shall be finished with a
approved fire resistant primer or Powder coating
of not less than 30 micron in desired shade as per
the directions of Engineer - in- charge . (Cost of SS
ball bearing hinges is excluded).

Providing and fixing 60 mm thick glazed fire


resistant door shutters of 120 min Fire Rating
confirming to IS:3614 (Part II) or EN1634-1:1999,
tested and certified as per laboratory approved by
Engineer-in-charge, with suitable mounting on
door frame, consisting of vertical styles, top rail &
side rail 60 mm x 60 mm wide and bottom rail of
110 mm x 60 mm made out of 1.6mm thick G.I.
6.12 sheet (zinc coating not less than 120gm/m²) duly Sqm
369.00 7,963.40 29,38,495.00
filled mineral wool insulation having density min
96 kg/ m³ and fixing with necessary stainless steel
ball bearing hinges of size 100x89x3mm of
approved make, including applying a coat of
approved fire resistant primer or powder coating
not less than 30 micron etc all complete as per
direction of Engineer-in-charge (panelling to be
paid for seperately).

157
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Providing and fixing glazing in fire resistant door
shutters, fixed panels & partitions etc., with G.I.
beading made out of 1.6 mm thick G.I. sheet (zinc
coating not less than 120 gm/sqm) of size 20 x 33
mm screwed with M4 x 38 mm SS screws at
distance 75 mm from the edges and 150 mm c/c ,
including applying a coat of approved fire
resistant primer/powder coating of not less than
30 micron on G.I. beading, & special ceramic tape
of 5 x 20 mm size etc complete in all respect as per
NBC 2016, IS 16231 (Part 3):2016 and as per
direction of Engineer-in-Charge with glass of
6.13 required thickness having 120 minutes of fire Sqm
resistance both integrity & radiation control 427.00 41,259.15 1,76,17,657.00
(EW120) and minimum 20 minutes of insulation
(EI30). The manufacturer have to give test
report/certification of fire glass and the glass
should have the stamp showing the value of E, EW
& EI. The glass shall be tested in approved NABL
accredited lab or by any other accreditation body
which operates in accordance with ISO/IEC 17011
and accredits labs as per ISO/IEC 17025 for
testing and calibration scopes shall be eligible. The
maximum glazing size shall not be more than
1100x2200 mm (w x h) or 2.42 sqm.

Providing and fixing bright /matt finished


6.14 Stainless Steel handles of approved quality &
make with necessary screws etc all complete.
125 mm
6.14.1 Each
66.00 119.20 7,867.00

Supply & Installation of Fully Automatic Sliding


door operator of 6250mm (Clear Passage width of
2400mm and Height of 2400mm) with ST FLEX
profile system , compliant with future European
standards and produced according to the
guidelines for power-operated windows, doors
and gates BGR 232, the UVV and the VDE
regulations. TÜV design tested, tested according to
the low voltage guidelines, production according
to ISO 9001:2000 certification. Fulfils the DIN
6.15 V18650 (prEN 12650). Automatic Sliding Door Nos. 5,34,077.5
1.00 5,34,078.00
Operator should have mounting backplate for easy 5
installation and a flexible track profile for
improved noise & vibration dampening and easy
maintenance. Microprocessor-controlled control
unit. Self-learning, with adjustable parameters for
opening and closing speed, hold-open time and
opening and closing force. Class of protection IP
20. 6250mm Operators are of very sturdy design
with Self balancing Panel suspension system and
with Anti-Jump fitting with clear passage width of
158
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
700 - 3000 mm SD ( Two shutters of equal width)
and clear height upto 2400 mm .Door Panel
weight max 2x100 kg. With the following
accessories Function programs: Program Modes: -
Off, Automatic, Permanent open, Exit only, Partial
open.Adjustable Hold Open Time: Hold Open is
easily adjustable at module as per client’s
requirement, Hold Open Time: 0.5 – 30 Sec.
Adjustable Parameters Via parameter display and
selection key at electronic module. Adjustable
Opening Speed: 10 -50 Cm/S, Adjustable Closing
Speed: 10 – 40 Cm/S, Auto Error Display, with
Error Code Display for error correction. Read-out
error store with error codesEmergency off –
Connection for Emergency Off Button, On
activation Operator will Open Fully and Stop all
functions, enabling passenger to pass through in
case of Panic. Safety devices:Inbuilt Obstruction
detection feature with automatic reversing cycle
on obstruction, dynamic and static force
limitation, emergency control unit (emergency
stop), Safety PhotoCells: 1/ 2 Pair of PhotoCells
are provided for safety of passenger standing in
line of motion of Moving Panel and for through-
passage monitoring Connection: 230 V, 50/60 Hz,
UPS Supply. Locking: Electro-mechanical locking,
Bistable. UPS of 750 VA shall be provided by
others, which will give power backup of 20 min.
only & if the duration of power cut to the operator
is more than 30 min., then separate arrangement
for the same as Automatic Operator require un-
interpreted stabilized power supply . . Final
certifications of products should be submitted be
from the product manufacturer for the originality
of the product .manufacturer should be able
provide service contract to the client . The above
work complete in all respect as per approved
drawings and to the satisfaction of Architect
/Engineer-in-Charge.

Design, fabrication, providing and installation of


Glazed Aluminium windows system as per
drawings using extruded built-up standard
tubular & other sections of aluminium alloy grade
6.16 6063 T6 and confirming to IS:733 and IS:1285,
The system shall have provision for the proper
water drainage slot and gaps. All the aluminium
structural profiles shall have minimum 2.5mm
wall thickness.

159
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Design: The window system shall be designed for
specified design loads confirming to IS:875 (Part-
III). The system must pass the proof test at 1.5
times design wind pressure without any failure.
Shop drawings shall accordingly be prepared and
got approved from Engineer-in-charge before
start of fabrication.

Fabrication: Fabrication shall be done at factory


(no cutting is accepted on site) with all joints
mitered/crimped, outer frame, mullions and
shutter frames jointed with heavy duty aluminium
angles/cleats and SS316 Screws. Glazing clips,
EPDM Gaskets shall be used for sealing and
making window airtight. Wool pile brush made of
high quality polypropylene multifilament yarn and
has a central polypropylene fin to be provided for
additional protection for tightness. Wool piles
shall be extended till the height of shutters.
Masking tapes on the profiles shall be provided for
safety against external scratches during
transportation/ handling/ installation (masking
tape to be removed only at the time of handing
over as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge).

Coating: All exposed surfaces of aluminium


profiles shall be powder coated with pure Polyster
Powder with minimum 60 microns thickness.
Complete system shall be warranted for minimum
10 yrs against design & workmanship defects. Out
to out frame (without sealant) shall be measured
for payment purpose.
Installation: The fastening of the windows system
will be done to the structure at opening at
anchorage locations in jambs &sills with rawl plug
and SS Screws or with expansion fasteners to
provide a minimum anchorage of 80 mm in the
masonry. The gap between window frame and
adjacent RCC/brick work shall be sealed with PU
sealant over backer rod of approved quality (to be
paid separately).
Hardware: The windows shall have approved
fittings like multiple point locking system and
friction stays, euro hinges, Lever handle, (All
hardware and Accessories must be covered, no
extra item will be paid)
Glazing: The system should include 24 mm DGU
(6 mm clear toughened + 12 mm air gap + 6 mm
clear toughened), glass of Saint Gobain or
equivalent make. Rates are inclusive of glazing.

160
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
For Fixed windows, ventilators and partitions wih
6.16.1 extruded built up standard tubular and other Sqm
sections Frame 255.00 11,807.90 30,11,015.00

- -
For Openable windows, ventilators and partitions
6.16.2 wih extruded built up standard tubular and other Sqm
64.00 13,443.90 8,60,410.00
sections, with all necessary hardwares.

Providing and fixing demountable modular


aluminum door system: Frame with aluminum
sections having 50 micron polyester powder
coating/ 20micron anodized finish of approved
make and shade of size (45mm x 25mm or any
other size compatible with fixed partition) with
6.17 provision of fixing glazed or 35mm thick flush
door.All Profiles are minimum 1.5mm thickness
excluding of powder coating / anodising. Standard
Height: 2400mm or as directed by Engineer-in-
charge. (Payment of Flush Door paid seperately)

Standards applicable -
• Structural stability test accordance to BS 5234:
Part2:1992 & EN 1991-1-1:2002

• Acoustic test for sound insulation in accordance


to DIN EN ISO 10140-2 ASTME - E90

• Aluminum profile sections are manufactured and


tested in accordance to EN573-3, EN755-2, DIN
EN 12020 T2, non-dimensions manufacturing
tolerance deviation DIN ISO 2768-1 or DIN 18202,
DIN 1249 DIN EN ISO 12543.

Contractor shall prepare shop drawing based on


concept drawing and prepare mock-up (for one
module) for approval. Contractor shall coordinate
for any type of services in partition system.
Work shall be carried out as per approved
drawing, as per approved sample and as directed
by engineer in charge. Sqm
Out to out dimension of door system shall be 840.00 5,287.50 44,41,500.00
measured for payment. Rate shall be inclusive of
cost of polyster powder coated / anodised
aluminium framing system, fixing accessories, SS
304 fastners, gaskets, sealants etc. all required to
completely install the system.

161
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Providing & fixing Vertical Linear Baffle Ceiling
made out of Aluminum Extrusion of Aluminum
alloy grade 6063or AA / 3105/3005. The baffle
blade size of 100x 30 x L mm ( L = length mau
very as per requirement ) in powder coated in
wood grain finish - Red Oak & Cherry ( or any
other shade as per Architectural drawings or as
desired by the Engineer - in - Charge). The baffle
blade suspended with power coated C-channel/
Slotted U-profile at center to center spacing of 25
mm. Longer lengths of Baffle to be connected by
Baffle joiner and the ends to be fixed with ends
caps. Installation of U grids : The U profile to be at
every 1200 mm cente to centre using 6 mm M -6
threaded Stainless Steel rod length upto 1.5 meter
from the structural soffit using U profile hanger. U
profile splice to be used to join more than one U
profiles of length 3.75 metre. First U grid channel
must be no more than 400 mm from the
6.18 Sqm
perimeter. Installation of Baffles: Locate the slot 79.00 9,365.60 7,39,882.00
for baffle hangers in U profile section at 1200 mm
centrs, hangers are instered in the slot, then
rotated at 90 degree and fixed into position by
tightening the grub screws . Baffle to be lifted into
position and hangers engage over lip of U grid
channel. Each hanger to be secured into position
by inserting the locking clip. When doing
continuous installation, Baffles blades are tobe
connected at ends with baffles joiner, which are
inserted into the top and bottom slota of the Baffle
closed profile for alignment only. The bottom
joiner tobe located first and fastened on one side
only. The top joiner tobe fitted then and secured
with grub screws on one sid. Then the two baffles
sections shall be joined and the top joiner is screw
fastened on the 2nd Baffle profile. End caps tobe
located by pushing the end cap tounge into open
baffle slots.
Installation to be carried out as per the
manufacture specification and as per the direction
of Engineer - in - Charge. Material should conform
to NRC 0.70, 95 % relative humidity, EEA euro
class. Paint Finish : Ceiling area above U baffle to
be painted in black colour. Finished / exposed
area of the panelling less deduction for openings
measured for payment. The rate is inclusive of all
height, material and labour required for finishing
the item and nothing extra shall be payable.

TOTAL 4,07,45,228.0
0

162
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
STEEL WORK
7

Structural steel work riveted, bolted or welded in


built up sections, trusses and framed work,
7.1 including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position and Kg
5,000.00 133.70 6,68,500.00
applying a priming coat of approved steel primer
all complete.

Steel work welded in built up sections/ framed


work, including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position
7.2 and applying a priming coat of approved steel
primer using structural steel etc. as required.
In gratings, frames, guard bar, ladder, railings,
7.2.1 brackets, gates and similar works Kg
10,071.00 172.60 17,38,255.00

Credit for serviceable material obtain from


7.3
dismantling.
Structural Steel, Iron Profile Sheet, steel used in
- -
7.3.1 barricading, MS pipe, GI,CI Pipe and other iron kg
30,000.00 42.70 12,81,000.00
items.

Supply & fixing Push type Panic Bar of make Yale


YPE RM 501P + Yale YPE VR
506PYale (Assa Abloy ) /PHCR 1000 Series
DORMA / 8026344/45 GEZE Make Push Panic Bar
7.4 double leaf panic exit devices. (Required For Fire Each
Staircase & Lift Lobby Location Doors etc.) as per 89.00 20,796.35 18,50,875.00
the directions of Engineer-in-charge.

- -
Supply & fixing of panic trim Assa abloy Yale
YPEL- 01 (External Trim) + YCL45 (Half cylinder)
OR YPE ACC004 Assa Abloy / PHT- 2905 DORMA /
7.5 8026301 GEZE Make Panic Trim For Operation Each
From The Other Side Of The Panic Bar. (Required 89.00 7,335.25 6,52,837.00
For Fire Staircase & Lift Lobby Location Doors
etc.) as per the directions of Engineer-in-charge.

- -

163
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Supply & fixing of 120 min fire rated SS Ball
Bearing Hinges of size 100 x 75 x
3mm complete with SS Screws of 8011008 GEZE /
7.6 3090F DORMA/ 3S2BB403030-MS Assa Each
928.00 538.80 5,00,006.00
Abloy(Yale) Make (4 No’s per panel ) (Required
For All fire Doors) as per the directions of
Engineer-in-charge.

- -
Supply & fixing of Fire rated (120 minutes)
hydraulic door closer of TS2000 GEZE/ TS- 73V
7.7 DORMA / YALE DCR1824FR EN 2/3/4 Make. Each
(Required For All Fire Doors Except Shaft Door) as 178.00 10,356.80 18,43,510.00
per the directions ofEngineer-in-charge.

- -
Supply & fixing of 120 min fire rated, anchor
fasteners of HILTI/ FISHER/ Equivalent of
7.8 maximum 80mm length all complete as per the Each
1,356.00 139.40 1,89,026.00
directions of Engineer-in-charge.

Providing and fixing stainless steel (Grade 304)


Railing and baluster modular system of approved
make stair railing, hand rail, bump rail, guard rail
or similar with knock down system in linear or
curvilinear shape made of Hollow or solid section
i.e. tubes, square, flat, plates, bar etc with base
plate, cover cap, finishing accessories, in-filled
holding brackets, fixing accessories etc. for any
type of design, shape (plain/ curvature), size as
per drawing. Railing shall be top mounted or side/
wall mounted. Railing shall be fixed with SS 304
grade anchor fastener of required size and as per
fixing position of approved make. Any kind of
7.9 Kg
welding or fabrication shall not be allowed on site. 4,225.00 924.70 39,06,858.00
Sample shall be approved before execution.
Contractor shall submit the shop drawing base on
concept drawing. As per approved shop drawing,
contractor shall arrange mock up of railing system
(2 or 3 no) in required length as directed by
Engineer in charge. Contractor shall protect
railing system up till handling over the project.
Rate shall be inclusive of all fixing accessories and
all type fasteners but for payment purpose only
weight of stainless steel members shall be
considered excluding fixing accessories such as
nuts, bolts, fasteners etc.

TOTAL 1,00,68,867.0
0
164
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
8 FLOORING

Cement concrete flooring 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2


coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate) finished
8.1 with a floating coat of neat cement, including
cement slurry, but excluding the cost of nosing of
steps etc. complete.
40 mm thick with 20 mm nominal size stone
8.1.1 Sqm
aggregate 7.00 614.20 4,299.00

Cement plaster skirting up to 30 cm height, with


8.2 cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand),
finished with a floating coat of neat cement.)
18 mm thick
8.2.1 Sqm
1.00 662.05 662.00

Marble stone flooring with 18 mm thick marble


stone, as per sample of marble approved by
Engineer-in-charge, over 20 mm (average) thick
8.3
base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse
sand) laid and jointed with grey cement slurry,
including rubbing and polishing complete with :
Agaria White
8.3.1 sqm
1,360.00 3,164.80 43,04,128.00

Kota stone slab flooring (Green color) over 20 mm


(average) thick base laid over and jointed with
grey cement slurry mixed with pigment to match
8.4 the shade of the slab, including rubbing and
mirror polishing complete with base of cement
mortar 1 : 4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) :
25 mm thick
8.4.1 Sqm
5,183.00 2,052.95 1,06,40,440.00

Kota stone slabs (Green Color) 20 mm thick in


risers of steps, skirting, dado and pillars laid on 12
mm (average) thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement:
8.5 3 coarse sand) and jointed with grey cement Sqm
972.00 2,459.40 23,90,537.00
slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of
the slabs, including rubbing and polishing
complete.

165
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Providing and laying Vitrified tiles in floor in
different sizes (thickness to be specified by the
manufacturer) with water absorption less than
0.08% and conforming to IS:15622, of approved
brand & manufacturer, in all colours and shade,
laid on 20 mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement:
4 coarse sand) jointing with grey cement slurry
8.6
@3.3 kg/Sqm including grouting the joints with
white cement and matching pigments etc. The tiles
must be cut with the zero chipping diamond cutter
only . Laying of tiles will be done with the notch
trowel, plier, wedge, clips of required thickness,
leveling system and rubber mallet for placing the
tiles gently and easily.
8.6.1 Glazed Vitrified tiles Matt/Antiskid finish of size
Size of Tile 600 x 600 mm
8.6.1.1 Sqm
572.00 1,464.85 8,37,894.00

Grouting the joints of flooring tiles having joints of


3 mm width, using epoxy grout mix of 0.70 kg of
organic coated filler of desired shade (0.10 kg of
8.7 hardener and 0.20 kg of resin per kg), including
filling / grouting and finishing complete as per
direction of Engineer-in-charge.
Size of Tile 600x600 mm
8.7.1 (A) sqm
572.00 309.05 1,76,777.00
Size of Tile 300x450 mm
8.7.1 (B) sqm
200.00 374.45 74,890.00
Size of Tile 300x600 mm
8.7.1 (C) sqm
1,916.00 356.60 6,83,246.00

Providing and laying machine cut, mirror polished


Marble stone flooring, in required design (Simple
geometrical, abstract etc.) and in patterns in
combination with Italian marble stones of
different colours, shades and finished surface
texture etc., in linear portions of the building, all
complete as per the architectural drawings, with
8.8 18 mm thick stone slab laid over 20 mm (average)
thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4
coarse sand) laid and jointed with white cement
slurry @ 4.4 kg/Sqm, including pointing with
white cement slurry admixed with pigment to
match the marble shade, including rubbing, curing
and polishing etc. all complete as specified and as
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
18 mm thick Italian Marble stone slab, Perlato,
8.8.1 Rosso verona, Fire Red or Dark Emperadore etc. Sqm
153.00 6,927.35 10,59,885.00

166
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Providing and laying Polished Granite stone
flooring in required design and patterns, in linear
as well as curvilinear portions of the building all
complete as per the architectural drawings with
18 mm thick stone slab over 20 mm (average)
thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4
8.9
coarse sand) laid and jointed with cement slurry
and pointing with white cement slurry admixed
with pigment of matching shade including
rubbing, curing and polishing etc. all complete as
specified and as directed by the Engineer-in-
Charge.
Polished Granite stone slab colour of Telephonic
8.9.1 Black, Zed Black, Cherry/Ruby Red or equivalent sqm
757.00 4,481.30 33,92,344.00
Polished Granite stone slab of all colour like Cera
8.9.2 Grey, Sadar ali, Chima Pink & equaivalent colour Sqm
4,291.00 3,071.05 1,31,77,876.00
and texture except Black, Cherry/Ruby Red

Providing and installing Engineered wooden


Flooring of size 1900mmx190mmx14mm having
top layer veneer 3mm thick in approved shade
make and design fixed nail down with tongue &
8.10 groove joint, over 5mm thick foam sheet Sqm
including adhesive, profiles, T's, skirting, 621.00 5,811.47 36,08,923.00
moulding, beading etc all complete as per
drawings and as directed by Engineer-in-charge.
Make Junker, Vista, Pergo, Armstrong

Solid Wood Skirting matching to flooring


8.11 Metre
(2400X70X15mm) 253.00 878.40 2,22,235.00

Providing and fixing 18 mm thick gang saw cut,


mirror polished Granite stone slabs in risers of
steps, skirting, dado and pillars laid on 12 mm
8.12 Sqm
average thick cement mortar 1 : 3 ( 1 cement : 3 2,855.00 3,465.40 98,93,717.00
coarse sand) and jointed with grey cement slurry
including rubbing and polishing complete.

TOTAL 5,04,67,853.0
0

9 ROOFING

167
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Providing and fixing M.S. holder bat clamps of
approved design to C.I. or S.C.I. rain water pipes
embedded in and including cement concrete
9.1 blocks 10x10x10 cm of 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 Each
coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm 201.00 395.60 79,516.00
nominal size) and cost of cutting holes and making
good the walls etc. :

9.1.1 150 mm diameter

Providing and fixing to the inlet mouth of rain


9.2 water pipe cast iron grating 15 cm diameter and Each
18.00 54.70 985.00
weighing not less than 440 grams

Providing and fixing false ceiling at all height


including providing and fixing of frame work
made of special sections, power pressed from M.S.
sheets and galvanized with zinc coating of 120
gms/Sqm (both side inclusive) as per IS : 277 and
consisting of angle cleats of size 25 mm wide x 1.6
mm thick with flanges of 27 mm and 37mm, at
1200 mm centre to centre, one flange fixed to the
ceiling with dash fastener 12.5 mm dia x 50mm
long with 6mm dia bolts, other flange of cleat fixed
to the angle hangers of 25x10x0.50 mm of
required length with nuts & bolts of required size
9.3
and other end of angle hanger fixed with
intermediate G.I. channels 45x15x0.9 mm running
at the spacing of 1200 mm centre to centre, to
which the ceiling section 0.5 mm thick bottom
wedge of 80 mm with tapered flanges of 26 mm
each having lips of 10.5 mm, at 450 mm centre to
centre, shall be fixed in a direction perpendicular
to G.I. intermediate channel with connecting clips
made out of 2.64 mm dia x 230 mm long G.I. wire
at every junction, including fixing perimeter
channels 0.5 mm thick 27 mm high having flanges
of 20 mm and 30 mm long, the perimeter of ceiling

168
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
fixed to wall/partition with the help of rawl plugs
at 450 mm centre, with 25mm long dry wall
screws @ 230 mm interval, including fixing of
gypsum board to ceiling section and perimeter
channel with the help of dry wall screws of size
3.5 x 25 mm at 230 mm c/c, including jointing and
finishing to a flush finish of tapered and square
edges of the board with recommended jointing
compound , jointing tapes , finishing with jointing
compound in 3 layers covering upto 150 mm on
both sides of joint and two coats of primer
suitable for board, all as per manufacturer's
specification and also including the cost of making
openings for light fittings, grills, diffusers, cutouts
made with frame of perimeter channels suitably
fixed, all complete as per drawings, specification
and direction of the Engineer in Charge but
excluding the cost of painting with :
12.5 mm thick tapered edge gypsum moisture
9.3.1 resistant board Sqm
1,683.00 1,529.10 25,73,475.00

Providing and fixing tiled false ceiling of specified


materials of size 595x595 mm in true horizontal
level, suspended on inter locking metal grid of hot
dipped galvanized steel sections ( galvanized @
120 grams/ Sqm, both side inclusive) consisting of
main "T" runner with suitably spaced joints to get
required length and of size 24x38 mm made from
0.30 mm thick (minimum) sheet, spaced at 1200
mm center to center and cross "T" of size 24x25
mm made of 0.30 mm thick (minimum) sheet,
1200 mm long spaced between main "T" at 600
mm center to center to form a grid of 1200x600
mm and secondary cross "T" of length 600 mm
and size 24x25 mm made of 0.30 mm thick
(minimum) sheet to be interlocked at middle of
9.4 the 1200x600 mm panel to form grids of 600x600
mm and wall angle of size 24x24x0.3 mm and
laying false ceiling tiles of approved texture in the
grid including, required cutting/making, opening
for services like diffusers, grills, light fittings,
fixtures, smoke detectors etc. Main "T" runners to
be suspended from ceiling using GI slotted cleats
of size 27 x 37 x 25 x1.6 mm fixed to ceiling with
12.5 mm dia and 50 mm long dash fasteners, 4
mm GI adjustable rods with galvanised butterfly
level clips of size 85 x 30 x 0.8 mm spaced at 1200
mm center to center along main T, bottom
exposed width of 24 mm of all T-sections shall be
pre-painted with polyester paint, all complete for
all heights as per specifications, drawings and as
directed by Engineer-in-charge.

169
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
GI Metal Ceiling Lay in plain Tegular edge Global
white color tiles of size 595x595 mm, and 0.5 mm
thick with 8 mm drop; made of G I sheet having
9.4.1 galvanizing of 100 gms/Sqm (both sides inclusive) Sqm
and electro statically polyester powder coated of 572.00 1,902.95 10,88,487.00
thickness 60 microns (minimum), including
factory painted after bending.

Providing and Fixing 15 mm thick densified


tegular edged eco friendly light weight calcium
silicate false ceiling tiles of approved texture of
size 595 x 595 mm in true horizontal level,
suspended on inter locking metal grid of hot
dipped galvanised steel sections (galvanising @
120 grams per sqm including both side) consisting
of main ‘T’ runner suitably spaced at joints to get
required length and of size 24x38 mm made from
0.33 mm thick (minimum) sheet, spaced 1200 mm
centre to centre, and cross “T” of size 24x28 mm
made out of 0.33 mm (Minimum) sheet, 1200 mm
long spaced between main’T’ at 600 mm centre to
centre to form a grid of 1200x600 mm and
secondary cross ‘T’ of length 600 mm and size 24
x28 mm made of 0.33 mm thick (Minimum) sheet
to be inter locked at middle of the 1200x 600 mm
panel to from grid of size 600x600 mm, resting on
periphery walls /partitions on a Perimeter wall
9.3 Sqm
angle pre-coated steel of size(24x24X3000 mm 5,385.00 2,158.15 1,16,21,638.00
made of 0.40 mm thick (minimum) sheet with the
help of rawl plugs at 450 mm centre to centre with
25 mm long dry wall screws @ 230 mm interval
and laying 15 mm thick densified edges calicum
silicate ceiling tiles of approved texture in the grid,
including, cutting/ making opening for services
like diffusers, grills, light fittings, fixtures, smoke
detectors etc., wherever required. Main ‘T’
runners to be suspended from ceiling using G.I.
slotted cleats of size 25x35x1.6 mm fixed to ceiling
with 12.5 mm dia and 50 mm long dash fasteners,
4 mm G.I. adjustable rods with galvanised steel
level clips of size 85 x 30 x 0.8 mm, spaced at 1200
mm centre to centre along main ‘T’, bottom
exposed with 24 mm of all Tsections shall be pre-
painted with polyster baked paint, for all heights,
as per specifications, drawings and as directed by
Engineer-in-Charge.

TOTAL 1,52,83,600.0
0

10 FINISHING

170
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
CEMENT PLASTER (IN COARSE SAND)

10.1 12 mm cement plaster of mix :


1:6 (1 cement: 6 coarse sand)
10.1.1 Sqm
7,608.00 343.65 26,14,489.00

15 mm cement plaster on rough side of single or


10.2
half brick wall of mix:
1:6 (1 cement: 6 coarse sand)
10.2.1 Sqm
665.00 395.35 2,62,908.00

Extra for plastering exterior walls of height more


10.3 than 10 m from ground level for every additional Sqm
height of 3 m or part thereof. 21,839.00 87.10 19,02,177.00

Finishing walls with Premium Acrylic Smooth


10.4 exterior paint with Silicone additives of required
shade:
New work (Two or more coats applied @ 1.43
ltr/10 Sqm over and including priming coat of
10.4.1 Sqm
exterior primer applied @ 0.90 litre/10 Sqm) 1,000.00 171.10 1,71,100.00

- -
Providing and applying 12 mm thick (average)
premixed formulated one coat gypsum lightweight
plaster having additives and light weight
aggregates as vermiculite/ perlite respectively
10.5 conforming to IS: 2547 (Part - 1 & II) 1976, Sqm
applied on hacked / uneven background such as 16,337.00 468.90 76,60,419.00
bare brick/ block/ RCC work on walls & ceiling at
all floors and locations, finished in smooth line
and level etc. complete.

Finishing walls with textured exterior paint of


10.6
required shade :
New work (Two or more coats applied @ 3.28
10.6.1 ltr/10 sqm) over and including priming coat of Sqm
2,795.00 223.60 6,24,962.00
exterior primer applied @ 2.20kg/10 sqm

10.7 Applying priming coat:


With ready mixed red oxide zinc chromate primer
10.7.1 of approved brand and manufacture on steel Sqm
500.00 67.40 33,700.00
galvanised iron/ steel works

171
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Painting with synthetic enamel paint of approved
10.8 brand and manufacture to give an even shade :

Two or more coats on new work


10.8.1 Sqm
500.00 155.90 77,950.00

Providing and applying white cement based putty


of average thickness 1 mm, of approved brand and
10.9 manufacturer, over the plastered wall surface to Sqm
2,795.00 156.05 4,36,160.00
prepare the surface even and smooth complete.

Wall painting with premium acrylic emulsion


paint of interior grade, having VOC (Volatile
Organic Compound ) content less than 50 grams/
10.10
litre of approved brand and manufacture,
including applying additional coats wherever
required to achieve even shade and colour.
Two coats
10.10.1 Sqm
17,864.00 142.80 25,50,979.00

Applying priming coats with primer of approved


10.11 brand and manufacture, having low VOC (Volatile
Organic Compound ) content.
With water thinnable cement primer on wall
10.11.1 surface having VOC content less than 50 Sqm
17,864.00 73.95 13,21,043.00
grams/litre

Providing & fixing SS 304 grade push-pull pair of


handle made out of satin (brush) finish hollow
pipe of 1.5mm thick having offset (C or D shape)/
H-shape/ D-shape (dent free at bending point) of
approved make with necessary screws etc.
10.12 complete for wooden doors/ aluminum doors/
metal doors as per drawing as approved by
Engineer-in-charge. Rate shall be for all heights,
all floors and all places. The length of handle shall
be perfect centre to centre as below specified.

200 mm long x 19mm dia


10.12.1 Each
314.00 1,671.10 5,24,725.00

Providing & fixing at specified height (minimum


rod size shall be 10mm) SS 304, ISI Marked, brush
finish extruded type Tower bolt of any shape and
10.13
of approved make in wooden doors/ aluminum
doors/ metal doors with necessary screws etc
complete as approved by Engineer-in-charge.
300 mm x10 mm
10.13.1 Each
314.00 1,497.10 4,70,089.00
10.13.2 250mm x10 mm Each
172
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
184.00 1,248.10 2,29,650.00
150 mm x 10 mm
10.13.3 Each
66.00 763.00 50,358.00

Providing and fixing SS 304 door stopper, of


approved make with necessary screws etc.
10.14 complete in wooden doors/ aluminum doors/ Each
439.00 344.75 1,51,345.00
metal doors with necessary screws etc. complete
as approved by Engineer-in-charge.

Providing & fixing Stainless Steel 304 Grade Door


Handle Set (excluding Lever handle 19mm dia,
with rectangular plate 175mm x 40mm, 10 inch
Mortice Lock Body and Pin Cylinder with both side
10.15 Each
key 70mm) of approved make & as per 282.00 4,164.90 11,74,502.00
manufacturer specification with necessary
accessories, screws etc. all complete, as approved
by Engineer-in-charge.

Providing & Fixing Stainless Steel 304 Grade Door


Buffer of approved make & as per manufacturer
10.16 specification with necessary accessories and Each
282.00 442.90 1,24,898.00
screws etc. complete as approved by Engineer-in-
charge.

Providing and fixing SS 304 grade sliding door


bolts made out of satin (brush) finish of approved
make with necessary screws etc. complete for
wooden doors/ aluminum doors/ metal doors as
10.17 per drawing as approved by Engineer-in-charge.
Rate shall be for all heights, all floors and all
places. The length of handle shall be perfect centre
to centre as below specified.of approved quality &
make with necessary screws etc all complete.
300 x 16 mm
10.17.1 Each
33.00 3,775.20 1,24,582.00

Providing & Fixing aluminium body with Stainless


Steel 304 Grade Cover Door Closer (Over Head- of
required capacity) of approved make & as per
10.18 Each
manufacturer specification with necessary 33.00 2,472.00 81,576.00
accessories and screws etc. complete, as approved
by Engineer-in-charge.

Providing & Fixing of Stainless Steel Grab bar of


600 mm long Jaquar or equivalent of non slipping
grip as per standard specification of use in
10.19 Each
disabled toilet with brackets etc complete as per 16.00 2,257.50 36,120.00
the direction of Engineer - in - Charge.

173
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Providing and applying 6 mm thick (average)
premixed formulated one coat gypsum lightweight
plaster having additives and light weight
aggregates as vermiculite/ perlite respectively
10.20 conforming to IS: 2547 (Part - 1 & II) 1976, Each
applied on hacked / uneven background such as 2,805.00 236.50 6,63,383.00
bare brick/ block/ RCC work on ceiling at all
floors and locations, finished in smooth line and
level etc. complete.

TOTAL 2,12,87,115

11 Road Work

Preparation and consolidation of sub grade with


power road roller of 8 to 12 tonne capacity after
excavating earth to an average of 22.5 cm depth,
11.1 dressing to camber and consolidating with road Sqm
roller including making good the undulations etc. 1,840.00 218.90 4,02,776.00
and re-rolling the sub grade and disposal of
surplus earthwith lead upto 50 metres.

Providing and laying at or near ground level


factory made kerb stone of M-25 grade cement
concrete in position to the required line, level and
curvature, jointed with cement mortar 1:3 (1
cement: 3 coarse sand), including making joints
with or without grooves (thickness of joints
except at sharp curve shall not to more than
11.2 5mm), including making drainage opening Cum
wherever required complete etc. as per direction 14.00 10,117.60 1,41,646.00
of Engineer-in-charge (length of finished kerb
edging shall be measured for payment). (Precast
C.C. kerb stone shall be approved by Engineer-in-
charge).(Note: 10-20% Agreement quantity is
procureby nearest ILFS Ware house is mandatory
as per Govt. guidelines (2016).

174
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Construction of granular sub-base by providing
close graded Material conforming to
specifications, mixing in a mechanical mix plant at
OMC, carriage of mixed material by tippers to
work site, for all leads & lifts, spreading in uniform
11.3 layers of specified thickness with motor grader on
prepared surface and compacting with vibratory
power roller to achieve the desired density,
complete as per specifications and directions of
Engineer-in-Charge.

With material conforming to Grade-II (size range


11.3.1 53 mm to 0.075 mm ) having CBR Value-25 Cum
368.00 2,924.85 10,76,345.00

Providing, laying, spreading and compacting


graded stone aggregate (size range 53 mm to
0.075 mm ) to wet mix macadam (WMM)
specification including premixing the material
with water at OMC in for all leads & lifts, laying in
11.4 uniform layers with mechanical paverfinisher in Cum
276.00 2,914.30 8,04,347.00
sub- base / base course on well prepared surface
and compacting with vibratory roller of 8 to 10
tonne capacity to achievethe desired density,
complete as per specifications and directions of
Engineer-in-Charge.

Providing and laying C.C. in flooring of mix M-30


with ready mixed concrete from batching plant.
The ready mixed concrete shall be laid and
finished with screed board vibrator , vacuum
11.5 dewatering process and finally finished by
floating, brooming with wire brush etc. complete
as per specifications and directions of Engineer-
in-charge. (The panel shuttering work shall be
paid for separately).
(Note:- Cement content considered in this item is
11.5.1 @ 350 kg/cum. Excess/less cement used as per Cum
235.00 9,974.75 23,44,066.00
design mix is payable/ recoverable separately).

-
Providing and fixing pre-moulded joint filler in
expansion joints of RCC roads / CC pavements per cm
after making the joints dust free with high depth
pressure air jet cleaners, all complete as per per
direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. (Pre-moulded cm
11.6 joint fillers shall be made of bitumen hot sealing 618.00 width 5.30 3,275.00
compound impregnated fibre board having per
impregnation more than 35%, conforming to metre
IS:1838 for fibre board and IS: 1834 for hot length
sealing bitumen compound grade A.

175
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Providing and laying tactile tile (for vision
impaired persons as per standards) of size
300x300x9.8mm having with water absorption
less than 0.5% and conforming to IS:15622 of
approved make in all colours and shades in for
outdoor floors such as footpath, court yard, multi
11.7 modals location etc., laid on 20mm thick base of sqm
31.00 2,017.60 62,546.00
cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) in
all shapes & patterns including grouting the joints
with white cement mixed with matching pigments
etc. complete as per direction of Engineer-in-
Charge.
Providing and laying factory made chamfered
edge Cement Concrete paver blocks in footpath,
parks, lawns, drive ways or light traffic parking
etc, of required strength, thickness & size/ shape,
made by table vibratory method using PU mould,
laid in required colour & pattern over 50mm thick
compacted bed of sand, compacting and proper
11.8
embedding/laying of inter locking paver blocks
into the sand bedding layer through vibratory
compaction by using plate vibrator, filling the
joints with sand and cutting of paver blocks as per
required size and pattern, finishing and sweeping
extra sand. complete all as per direction of
Engineer-in-Charge.
80 mm thick C.C. paver block of M-30 grade with
approved color design and pattern.
(Note: 10-20% Agreement quantity is procureby
11.8.1 Cum
nearest ILFS Ware house is mandatory as per 1,843.00 1,091.50 20,11,635.00
Govt. guidelines (2016).

Providing and fixing 10x10x7.50 cm Granite stone


block hand cut and chisel dressed on top, for
paving in floors, drains etc. laid over 20mm thick
11.9 base mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) with sqm
276.00 2,189.15 6,04,205.00
joints 10mm wide filled with same mortar
including ruled pointing etc. complete as per
direction of engineer-in-charge.
TOTAL 74,50,841.00

Sanitary Installations
12

Providing and fixing water closet squatting pan


(Indian type W.C. pan ) with 100 mm sand cast
Iron P or S trap, 10 litre low level white P.V.C.
flushing cistern, including flush pipe, with
12.1 manually controlled device (handle lever)
conforming to IS : 7231, with all fittings and
fixtures complete, including cutting and making
good the walls and floors wherever required:

176
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
White Vitreous china Orissa pattern W.C. pan of
12.1.1 size 580x440 mm with integral type foot rests Each
32.00 6,767.40 2,16,557.00

12.2 Providing and fixing soil, waste and vent pipes:

12.2.1 100 mm diameter:


Hubless centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes epoxy
12.2.1.1 coated inside & outside IS:15905 Metre
946.00 1,169.30 11,06,158.00

12.3 Providing and fixing soil, waste and vent pipes:

12.3.1 75 mm diameter:
Hubless centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes epoxy
12.3.1.1 coated inside & outside IS:15905 Metre
166.00 964.25 1,60,066.00

Providing and fixing M.S. holder-bat clamps of


approved design to Sand Cast iron/cast iron
(spun) pipe embedded in and including cement
12.4 concrete blocks 10x10x10 cm of 1:2:4 mix (1
cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate
20 mm nominal size), including cost of cutting
holes and making good the walls etc. :

For 100 mm dia pipe


12.4.1 Each
134.00 362.85 48,622.00

For 75 mm dia pipe


12.4.2 Each
34.00 360.00 12,240.00

Providing and fixing bend of required degree with


12.5 access door, insertion rubber washer 3 mm thick,
bolts and nuts complete.
12.5.1 100mm dia
Hubless centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes epoxy
12.5.1.1 coated inside & outside IS:15905 Each
16.00 567.20 9,075.00

75mm dia
12.5.2
- -
Hubless centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes epoxy
12.5.2.1 coated inside & outside IS:15905 Each
8.00 418.95 3,352.00

Providing and fixing plain bend of required


12.6
degree.

177
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
12.6.1 100mm dia
Hubless centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes epoxy
12.6.1.1 coated inside & outside IS:15905 Each
244.00 368.00 89,792.00

12.6.2 75mm dia


Hubless centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes epoxy
12.6.2.1 coated inside & outside IS:15905 Each
28.00 252.50 7,070.00

Providing and fixing double equal plain junction of


12.7
required degree.
12.7.1 100x100x100x100 mm
Hubless centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes epoxy
12.7.1.1 coated inside & outside IS:15905 Each
18.00 760.70 13,693.00

- -
75x75x75x75 mm
12.7.2
- -
Hubless centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes epoxy
12.7.2.1 coated inside & outside IS:15905 Each
8.00 418.95 3,352.00

- -
Providing and fixing single equal plain junction of
12.8
required degree : - -
100x100x100 mm
12.8.1
- -
Hubless centrifugally cast (spun) iron epoxy
12.8.1.1 coated inside & outside as per IS:15905 Each
249.00 581.45 1,44,781.00

- -
12.8.2 75x75x75 mm
Hubless centrifugally cast (spun) iron epoxy
12.8.2.1 coated inside & outside as per IS:15905 Each
30.00 337.85 10,136.00

- -
Providing and fixing single equal plain invert
12.9
branch of required degree : - -
100x100x100 mm
12.9.1
- -
Hubless centrifugally cast (spun) iron epoxy
12.9.1.1 coated inside & outside as per IS:15905 Each
17.00 645.45 10,973.00

- -

178
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
75x75x75 mm
12.9.2
- -
Hubless centrifugally cast (spun) iron epoxy
12.9.2.1 coated inside & outside as per IS:15905 Each
8.00 401.90 3,215.00

- -
Providing and fixing single unequal plain invert
12.10
branch of required degree : - -
100x100x75 mm
12.10.1
- -
Hubless centrifugally cast (spun) iron epoxy
12.10.1.1 coated inside & outside as per IS:15905 Each
24.00 658.25 15,798.00

Providing and fixing Hubless centrifugally cast


12.11 iron offsets epoxy coated inside & outside as per
IS:15905
12.11.1 130 mm offsets
With 100 mm dia
12.11.1.1 Each
59.00 632.65 37,326.00

With 75 mm dia
12.11.1.2 Each
16.00 465.90 7,454.00

12.12 Providing and fixing terminal guard :

12.12.1 100 mm
Hubless centrifugally cast (spun) iron epoxy
12.12.1.1 coated inside & outside as per Each
12.00 427.80 5,134.00
IS:15905

- -
Providing and fixing shielded coupling for Hubless
12.13
centrifugally cast iron pipe - -
12.13.1 100 mm Dia
SS 304 grade coupling with EPDM rubber gasket
12.13.1.1 Each
824.00 432.05 3,56,009.00

12.13.2 75 mm dia
SS 304 grade coupling with EPDM rubber gasket
12.13.2.1 Each
44.00 389.05 17,118.00

Providing and fixing M.S. stays and clamps for


12.14 sand cast iron/ centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes
of diameter :
100 mm
12.14.1 Each
280.00 139.70 39,116.00

179
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
- -
75 mm
12.14.2 Each
70.00 90.30 6,321.00

Providing and fixing trap of self cleansing design


with screwed down or hinged grating with or
12.15 without vent arm complete, including cost of
cutting and making good the walls and floors :

12.15.1 100 mm inlet and 100 mm outlet


Hubless centrifugally cast (spun) iron epoxy
12.15.1.1 coated inside & outside as per IS:15905 Each
276.00 854.55 2,35,856.00
Providing & fixing white vitreous china water less
urinal of size 600 x 330 x 315 mm having
12.16 antibacterial /germs free ceramic surface, fixed Nos.
73.00 18,088.45 13,20,457.00
with cartridge having debris catcher and hygiene
seal.

12.17 Providing and fixing rain water pipes :

12.17.1 150mm dia


Hubless centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes epoxy
12.17.1.1 coated inside & outside IS:15905 Metre
703.00 1,753.95 12,33,027.00

Providing and fixing plain bend of required


9.21
degree.
9.21.1 150 mm dia
Hubless centrifugally cast (spun) iron pipes epoxy
9.21.1.1 coated inside & outside IS:15905 Each
27.00 552.00 14,904.00
TOTAL
51,27,602.00

13 WATER SUPPLY

Providing and fixing G.I. pipes complete with G.I.


13.1 fittings including trenching and refilling etc.

External work
50 mm dia nominal bore
13.1.1 Metre
307.00 762.15 2,33,980.00
13.1.2 80 mm dia nominal bore Metre
180
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
296.00 1,041.70 3,08,343.00

Making connection of G.I. distribution branch with


G.I. main of following sizes by providing and fixing
13.2 tee, including cutting and threading the pipe etc.
complete :
50 to 80 mm nominal bore
13.2.1 Each
3.00 1,785.35 5,356.00

Fixing water meter and stop cock in G.I. pipe line


including cutting and threading the pipe and
13.3 making long screws etc. complete (cost of water Each
1.00 812.30 812.00
meter and stop cock to be paid separately).

Providing and fixing gun metal gate valve with C.I.


13.4 wheel of approved quality
(screwed end) :
25 mm nominal bore
13.4.1 Each
10.00 622.40 6,224.00
20 mm nominal bore
13.4.2 Each
12.00 539.95 6,479.00
32 mm nominal bore.
13.4.3 Each
12.00 689.60 8,275.00
50 mm nominal bore
13.4.4 Each
10.00 1,026.65 10,267.00
80 mm nominal bore
13.4.5 Each
10.00 2,604.55 26,046.00

Providing and fixing ball valve (brass) of approved


13.5 quality, High or low pressure, with plastic floats
complete :
25 mm nominal bore
13.5.1 Each
15.00 464.05 6,961.00

Providing and fixing gun metal non- return valve


13.6 of approved quality (screwed end) :

50 mm nominal bore
13.6.1
-
Horizontal
13.6.1.1 Each
15.00 1,371.20 20,568.00

13.6.2 80 mm nominal bore


Horizontal
13.6.2.1 Each
10.00 3,664.75 36,648.00

181
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Constructing masonry Chamber 30x30x50 cm
inside, in brick work in cement mortar 1:4 (1
cement :4 coarse sand) for stop cock, with C. I.
surface box 100x100 x75 mm (inside) with hinged
cover fixed in cement concrete slab 1:2:4 mix (1
cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate
13.7 20 mm nominal size), i/c necessary excavation,
foundation concrete 1:5:10 ( 1 cement : 5 fine
sand : 10 graded stone aggregate 40mm nominal
size ) and inside plastering with cement mortar
1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) 12mm thick,
finished with a floating coat of neat cement
complete as per standard design :

With common burnt clay F.P.S.(non modular)


13.7.1 Each
bricks of class designation 7.5 4.00 1,992.60 7,970.00

Providing and fixing C.P. Brass extension nipple


13.8 (size 15mmx50mm) of approved make and quality Each
296.00 74.80 22,141.00
as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

Providing and fixing Stainless Steel pipe and


fitting of grade 316L as per IS 6911:2017 and
conforming to EN-10312 standards complete with
press type fitting (fitting shall be paid for
separately) i/c fixing of the pipe with clamps at
13.9
1.00 m spacing including cutting and making good
the walls including testing of joints complete as
per direction of Engineer-in-charge. (The pipe
length inserted in the fitting shall not be measured
for payment)
Inernal work - Exposed on wall
28 mm nominal outer dia Pipes
13.9.1 Metre
190.00 1,272.15 2,41,709.00
35 mm nominal outer dia Pipes
13.9.2 Metre
75.00 1,765.10 1,32,383.00
42 mm nominal outer dia Pipes
13.9.3 Metre
124.00 2,124.00 2,63,376.00
54 mm nominal outer dia Pipes
13.9.4 Metre
204.00 2,699.00 5,50,596.00

Providing and fixing Stainless Steel pipe and


fitting of grade 316L as per IS 6911:2017 and
conforming to EN-10312 standards complete with
press type fitting (fitting shall be paid for
separately) i/c fixing of the pipe with clamps at
13.10 1.00m spacing and also including cutting of chases
and making good the walls including testing of
joints complete as per direction of Engineer -in-
charge. (The pipe length inserted in the fitting
shall not be measured for payment)

182
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Internal work - Concealed Pipe
15 mm outer dia .Pipes.
13.10.1 Metre
858.00 906.10 7,77,434.00

22 mm Outer dia pipes


13.10.2 Metre
539.00 1,227.25 6,61,488.00

Providing and fixing required Stainless Steel


Fitting of press fit design of grade 316L as per IS
6911:2017 and conforming to EN-10312
13.11
standards with V-profile and with O-ring sealing
gasket of EPDM material of required dia as per
direction of Engineer-in- charge.
Coupling/Socket
For 15 mm outer dia pipe
13.11.1 Each
286.00 341.42 97,646.00
For 22 mm outer dia pipe
13.11.2 Each
180.00 426.80 76,824.00
For 28 mm outer dia pipe
13.11.3 Each
63.00 497.90 31,368.00
For 35 mm outer dia pipe
13.11.4 Each
25.00 625.95 15,649.00
For 42 mm outer dia pipe
13.11.5 Each
41.00 846.45 34,704.00
For 54 mm outer dia pipe
13.11.6 Each
68.00 1,017.20 69,170.00

Providing and fixing required Stainless Steel


Fitting of press fit design of grade 316L as per IS
6911:2017 and conforming to EN-10312
13.12
standards with V-profile and with O-ring sealing
gasket of EPDM material of required dia as per
dirction of Engineer-in- charge.
Reducer
For 22mm x 15 mm outer dia pipe
13.12.1 Each
100.00 405.45 40,545.00
For 35 mm x 22 mm outer dia pipe
13.12.2 Each
25.00 604.60 15,115.00
For 42 mm x 22 mm outer dia pipe
13.12.3 Each
20.00 960.30 19,206.00
For 42 mm x 35 mm outer dia pipe
13.12.4 Each
15.00 1,145.25 17,179.00
For 54 mm x 42 mm outer dia pipe
13.12.5 Each
10.00 1,636.05 16,361.00

183
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Providing and fixing required Stainless Steel
Fitting of press fit design of grade 316L as per IS
6911:2017 and conforming to EN-10312
13.13
standards with V-profile and with O-ring sealing
gasket of EPDM material of required dia as per
direction of Engineerin- charge.
Elbow 90°
For 15 mm outer dia pipe
13.13.1 Each
130.00 483.70 62,881.00
For 22 mm outer dia pipe
13.13.2 Each
80.00 682.85 54,628.00
For 28 mm outer dia pipe
13.13.3 Each
25.00 910.50 22,763.00
For 35 mm outer dia pipe
13.13.4 Each
15.00 1,493.75 22,406.00
For 42 mm outer dia pipe
13.13.5 Each
20.00 2,418.50 48,370.00
For 54 mm outer dia pipe
13.13.6 Each
10.00 3,200.95 32,010.00

Providing and fixing required Stainless Steel


Fitting of press fit design of grade 316L as per IS
6911:2017 and conforming to EN-10312
13.14
standards with V-profile and with O-ring sealing
gasket of EPDM material of required dia as per
direction of Engineer-in-charge.
Equal Tee
For 15 mm outer dia pipe
13.14.1 Each
75.00 796.70 59,753.00
For 22 mm outer dia pipe
13.14.2 Each
50.00 931.85 46,593.00
For 28 mm outer dia pipe
13.14.3 Each
30.00 1,145.25 34,358.00
For 35 mm outer dia pipe
13.14.4 Each
25.00 1,422.65 35,566.00
For 42 mm outer dia pipe
13.14.5 Each
10.00 1,991.70 19,917.00
For 54 mm outer dia pipe
13.14.6 Each
10.00 2,390.05 23,901.00

Providing and fixing required Stainless Steel


Fitting of press fit design of grade 316L as per IS
6911:2017 and conforming to EN-10312
13.15
standards with V-profile and with O-ring sealing
gasket of EPDM material of required dia as per
direction of Engineer-in-charge.
Reducing Tee
For 22mm x 15 mm outer dia pipe
13.15.1 Each
50.00 910.50 45,525.00
13.15.2 For 35 mm x 22 mm outer dia pipe Each

184
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
35.00 1,436.85 50,290.00
For 42 mm x 22 mm outer dia pipe
13.15.3 Each
20.00 2,013.05 40,261.00
For 42 mm x 35 mm outer dia pipe
13.15.4 Each
15.00 2,048.60 30,729.00
For 54 mm x 42 mm outer dia pipe
13.15.5 Each
18.00 2,496.75 44,942.00

Providing and fixing required Stainless Steel


Fitting of press fit design of grade 316L as per IS
6911:2017 and conforming to EN-10312 standard
13.16
with V-profile and with O-ring sealing gasket of
EPDM material of required dia as per direction of
Engineerin- charge..
Female Threaded Elbow 90°
For 15 mm outer dia X 1/2" nominal dia threaded
13.16.1 Each
150.00 1,017.20 1,52,580.00
For 22 mm outer dia X 3/4" nominal dia threaded
13.16.2 Each
80.00 1,365.70 1,09,256.00

Providing and fixing required Stainless Steel


Fitting of press fit design of grade 316L as per IS
6911:2017 and conforming to EN-10312 standard
13.17
with V-profile and with O-ring sealing gasket of
EPDM material of required dia as per direction of
Enginee-rin- charge.
Cap
For 15 mm outer dia pipe
13.17.1 Each
100.00 505.05 50,505.00
For 22 mm outer dia pipe
13.17.2 Each
25.00 654.40 16,360.00
For 28 mm outer dia pipe
13.17.3 Each
15.00 818.00 12,270.00
For 35 mm outer dia pipe
13.17.4 Each
10.00 1,145.25 11,453.00
For 42 mm outer dia pipe
13.17.5 Each
5.00 2,489.60 12,448.00
For 54 mm outer dia pipe
13.17.6 Each
5.00 2,738.55 13,693.00

Providing and fixing required Stainless Steel


Fitting of press fit design of grade 316L as per IS
6911:2017 and conforming to EN-10312 standard
13.18
with V-profile and with O-ring sealing gasket of
EPDM material of required dia as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge
Male Union
For 35 mm outer dia X 1" nominal dia threaded
13.18.1 Each
2.00 3,001.75 6,004.00

185
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
For 42 mm outer dia X 1-1/4" nominal dia
13.18.2 Each
threaded 2.00 3,385.85 6,772.00
For 54mm outer dia X 2" nominal dia threaded
13.18.3 Each
2.00 5,861.25 11,723.00
Providing and fixing Sheet Molding Compound
(SMC) Water Tank of required capacity,
conforming to : IS 14399: 1996 , as approved by
Engineer-in-charge. The rate includes making
13.19 1,00,000.00 litre
necessary holes for inlet, outlet, over flow pipes, 35.55 35,55,000.00
fixing arrangement & installation. The base
support i/c fittings & fixtures for tank shall be
paid separately.
TOTAL 83,93,780.00

14 DRAINAGE
Providing, laying and jointing glazed stoneware
pipes class SP-1 with stiff mixture of cement
14.1 mortar in the proportion of 1:1 (1 cement : 1 fine
sand) including testing of joints etc. complete :

14.1.1 150 mm diameter 20.00 Metre 695.80 13,916.00


Providing and laying cement concrete 1:5:10 (1
cement : 5 coarse sand : 10 graded stone
14.2 aggregate 40 mm nominal size) all-round S.W.
pipes including bed concrete as per standard
design :
150 mm diameter S.W. pipe
14.2.1 Metre
20.00 1,179.85 23,597.00

Providing and laying cement concrete 1:5:10 (1


cement : 5 coarse sand : 10 graded stone
14.3 aggregate 40 mm nominal size) up to haunches of
RCC pipes including bed concrete as per standard
design :
150 mm dia. R.C.C. pipe
14.3.1 Metre
22.00 743.10 16,348.00
250 mm dia. R.C.C. pipe
14.3.2 Metre
28.00 1,016.90 28,473.00
300 mm dia. R.C.C. pipe
14.3.3 Metre
208.00 1,173.35 2,44,057.00

Providing and fixing square-mouth S.W. gully trap


class SP-1 complete with C.I. grating brick
masonry chamber with water tight C.I. cover with
14.4
frame of 300 x300 mm size (inside) the weight of
cover to be not less than 4.50 kg and frame to be
not less than 2.70 kg as per standard design:
14.4.1 100x100 mm size P type
With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular)
14.4.1.1 each
bricks of class designation 7.5 12.00 2,707.65 32,492.00
186
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Providing and laying non-pressure NP2 class
(light duty) R.C.C. pipes with collars jointed with
14.5 stiff mixture of cement mortar in the proportion of
1:2 (1 cement : 2 fine sand) including testing of
joints etc. complete :
150 mm dia. R.C.C. pipe
14.5.1 Metre 556.45 12,242.00
22.00
250 mm dia. R.C.C. pipe
14.5.2 Metre 899.80 25,194.00
28.00
14.5.3 300 mm dia. R.C.C. pipe 208.00 Metre 994.30 2,06,814.00
450 mm dia. R.C.C. pipe
14.5.4 Metre
165.00 1,620.95 2,67,457.00

Constructing brick masonry manhole in cement


mortar 1:4 ( 1 cement : 4 coarse sand ) with R.C.C.
top slab with 1:1.5:3 mix (1 cement : 1.5 coarse
sand (zone- III) : 3 graded stone aggregate 20 mm
nominal size), foundation concrete 1:4:8 mix (1
cement : 4 coarse sand (zone- III) : 8 graded stone
aggregate 40 mm nominal size), inside plastering
14.6
12 mm thick with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3
coarse sand) finished with floating coat of neat
cement and making channels in cement concrete
1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone
aggregate 20 mm nominal size) finished with a
floating coat of neat cement complete as per
standard design :
Inside size 120x90 cm and 90 cm deep including
C.I. cover with frame (medium duty) 500 mm
14.6.1 internal diameter, total weight of cover and frame
to be not less than 116 kg (weight of cover 58 kg
and weight of frame 58 kg) :
With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular)
14.6.1.1 each
bricks of class designation 7.5 27.00 26,405.50 7,12,949.00

14.7 Extra for depth for manholes :

14.7.1 Size 120x90 cm


With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular)
14.7.1.1 metre
bricks of class designation 7.5 12.00 10,585.50 1,27,026.00

187
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Providing orange colour safety foot rest of
minimum 6 mm thick plastic encapsulated as per
IS : 10910, on 12 mm dia steel bar conforming to
IS: 1786, having minimum cross section as 23
mmx25 mm and over all minimum length 263 mm
and width as 165 mm with minimum 112 mm
space between protruded legs having 2 mm tread
on top surface by ribbing or chequering besides
necessary and adequate anchoring projections on
14.8 tail length on 138 mm as per standard drawing each
135.00 553.70 74,750.00
and suitable to with stand the bend test and
chemical resistance test as per specifications and
having manufacture's permanent identification
mark to be visible even after fixing, including
fixing in manholes with 30x20x15 cm cement
concrete block 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6
graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size)
complete as per design.

Constructing brick masonry chamber for


underground C.I. inspection chamber and bends
with bricks in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4
coarse sand) C.I. cover with frame (light duty)
455x610 mm internal dimensions, total weight of
cover with frame to be not less than 38 kg (weight
of cover 23 kg and weight of frame 15 kg), R.C.C.
14.9 top slab with 1:1.5:3 mix (1 cement : 1.5 fine sand
: 3 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size),
foundation concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 fine sand
: 10 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size),
inside plastering 12 mm thick with cement mortar
1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand), finished smooth
with a floating coat of neat cement on walls and
bed concrete etc. complete as per standard design:
Inside dimensions 455x610 mm and 45 cm deep
14.9.1
for single pipe line :
With common burnt clay F.P.S. (non modular)
14.9.1.1 each
bricks of class designation 7.5 11.00 6,937.90 76,317.00

TOTAL
18,61,632.00

15 ALUMINIUM WORK

188
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Providing and fixing aluminium work for doors,
windows, ventilators and partitions with extruded
built up standard tubular sections/ appropriate Z
sections and other sections of approved make
conforming to IS: 733 and IS: 1285, fixing with
dash fasteners of required dia and size, including
necessary filling up the gaps at junctions, i.e. at
top, bottom and sides with required EPDM
15.1 rubber/ neoprene gasket etc. Aluminium sections
shall be smooth, rust free, straight, mitred and
jointed mechanically wherever required including
cleat angle, Aluminium snap beading for glazing /
paneling, C.P. brass / stainless steel screws, all
complete as per architectural drawings and the
directions of Engineer-in-charge. (Glazing,
paneling and dash fasteners to be paid for
separately) :
For fixed portion
15.1.1
Powder coated aluminium (minimum thickness of
15.1.1.1 powder coating 50 micron) kg
5,038.00 530.90 26,74,674.00

For shutters of doors, windows & ventilators


including providing and fixing hinges/ pivots and
making provision for fixing of fittings wherever
15.1.2 required including the cost of EPDM rubber /
neoprene gasket required (Fittings shall be paid
for separately)
Powder coated aluminium (minimum thickness of
15.1.2.1 powder coating 50 micron) kg
274.00 634.45 1,73,839.00

Providing and fixing 12 mm thick prelaminated


particle board flat pressed three layer or graded
wood particle board conforming to IS: 12823
Grade l Type ll, in panelling fixed in aluminum
15.2
doors, windows shutters and partition frames
with C.P. brass / stainless steel screws etc.
complete as per architectural drawings and
directions of engineer-in-charge.
Pre-laminated particle board with decorative
15.2.1 Sqm
lamination on both sides 18.00 1,115.40 20,077.00

Providing and fixing glazing in aluminium door,


window, ventilator shutters and partitions etc.
with EPDM rubber / neoprene gasket etc.
15.3 complete as per the architectural drawings and
the directions of engineer-in-charge. (Cost of
aluminium snap beading shall be paid in basic
item):
15.3.1 With float glass panes of 5 mm thickness (weight Sqm
189
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
not less than 12.50 kg/sqm) 134.00 1,505.25 2,01,704.00

Providing and fixing double action hydraulic floor


spring of approved brand and manufacture
conforming to IS : 6315, having brand logo
embossed on the body / plate with double spring
mechanism and door weight upto 125 kg, for
15.4 doors, including cost of cutting floors, embedding
in floors as required and making good the same
matching to the existing floor finishing and cover
plates with brass pivot and single piece M.S. sheet
outer box with slide plate etc. complete as per the
direction of Engineer-in-charge.
With stainless steel cover plate minimum 1.25 mm
15.4.1 each
thickness 20.00 2,823.85 56,477.00

Providing and fixing 12 mm thick frameless


toughened glass door shutter of approved brand
and manufacture, including providing and fixing
top & bottom pivot & double action hydraulic floor
15.4 spring type fixing arrangement and making Sqm
necessary holes etc. for fixing required door 220.00 5,325.90 11,71,698.00
fittings, all complete as per direction of Engineer-
incharge (Door handle, lock and stopper etc.to be
paid separately).

TOTAL
42,98,469.00

16 WATER PROOFING

190
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Providing and laying water proofing treatment to
vertical and horizontal surfaces of depressed
portions of W.C., kitchen and the like consisting of:
(i) Ist course of applying cement slurry @ 4.4
kg/sqm mixed with water proofing compound
conforming to IS 2645 in recommended
proportions including rounding off junction of
vertical and horizontal surface.
(ii) IInd course of 20 mm cement plaster 1:3 (1
cement : 3 coarse sand) mixed with water
16.1 proofing compound in recommended proportion Sqm
including rounding off junction of vertical and 200.00 769.60 1,53,920.00
horizontal surface.
(iii) IIIrd course of applying blown or residual
bitumen applied hot at 1.7 kg. per sqm of area.
(iv) IVth course of 400 micron thick PVC sheet.
(Overlaps at joints of PVC sheet should be 100 mm
wide and pasted to each other with bitumen @ 1.7
kg/sqm).

Providing and laying integral cement based water


proofing treatment including preparation of
surface as required for treatment of roofs,
balconies, terraces etc consisting of following
operations: (a)Applying a slurry coat of neat
cement using 2.75 kg/Sqm of cement admixed
with water proofing compound conforming to IS.
2645 and approved by Engineer-in-charge over
the RCC slab including adjoining walls upto 300
mm height including cleaning the surface before
treatment. (b) Laying brick bats with mortar using
broken bricks/brick bats 25 mm to 115 mm size
with 50% of cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement : 5
16.2 coarse sand) admixed with water proofing
compound conforming to IS : 2645 and approved
by Engineerin- charge over 20 mm thick layer of
cement mortar of mix 1:5 (1 cement :5 coarse
sand ) admixed with water proofing compound
conforming to IS : 2645 and approved by
Engineerin- charge to required slope and treating
similarly the adjoining walls upto 300 mm height
including rounding of junctions of walls and slabs.
(c) After two days of proper curing applying a
second coat of cement slurry using 2.75 kg/ Sqm
of cement admixed with water proofing
compound conforming to IS : 2645 and approved
by Engineer-in charge.

191
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
(d) Finishing the surface with 20 mm thick
jointless cement mortar of mix 1:4 (1 cement :4
coarse sand) admixed with water proofing
compound conforming to IS : 2645 and approved
by Engineer-in-charge including laying glass fibre
cloth of approved quality in top layer of plaster
and finally finishing the surface with trowel with
neat cement slurry and making pattern of
300x300 mm square 3 mm deep. (e) The whole
terrace so finished shall be flooded with water for
a minimum period of two weeks for curing and for
final test.“All above operations to be done in order
and as directed and specified by the Engineer-in-
Charge :
With average thickness of 120 mm and minimum
16.2.1 thickness at khurra as 65 mm. Sqm
1,453.00 1,684.60 24,47,724.00

Providing and mixing integral crystalline


admixture for water proofing treatment to RCC
structures like basement raft, retaining walls,
reservior, sewage & water treatment plant,
tunnels / subway and bridge deck etc. at the time
of transporting of concrete into the drum of the
ready-mix truck , using integral crystalline
admixture @0.80% (minimum) to the weight of
cement content per cubic meter of concrete) or
higher as recommended by the manufacturer’s
specification in reinforced cement concrete at site
16.3 Kg
of work. The material shall meet the requirements 8,143.00 388.00 31,59,484.00
as specified in ACI- 212-3R-2010 i.e. by reducing
permeability of concrete by more than 90%,
compared with control concrete as per DIN 1048
and resistant to 16 bar hydrostatic pressure. The
crystalline admixture shall be capable of self-
healing of cracks up to a width of 0.50 mm. The
work shall be carried out all complete as per
specification and the direction of the Engineer- in-
charge. The product performance shall carry
guarantee for 10 years against any leakage

192
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Providing and applying integral crystalline slurry
of hydrophilic in nature for waterproofing
treatment to the RCC structures like retaining
walls of the basement, water tanks, roof slabs,
podiums, reservior, sewage & water treatment
plant, tunnels / subway and bridge deck etc.,
prepared by mixing in the ratio of 5 : 2 (5 parts
integral crystalline slurry : 2 parts water) for
vertical surfaces and 3 : 1 (3 parts integral
crystalline slurry : 1 part water) for horizontal
surfaces and applying the same from negative
(internal) side with the help of synthetic fiber
16.4
brush. The material shall meet the requirements -
as specified in ACI-212-3R-2010 i.e by reducing
permeability of concrete by more than 90%
compared with control concrete as per DIN 1048
and resistant to 16 bar hydrostatic pressure on
negative side. The crystalline slurry shall be
capable of self-healing of cracks up to a width of
0.50mm. The work shall be carried out all
complete as per specification and the direction of
the engineer-in-charge. The product performance
shall carry guarantee for 10 years against any
leakage.
For vertical surface two coats @ 0.70 kg per sqm
16.4.1 sqm
per coat 1,582.00 472.90 7,48,128.00
For horizontal surface one coat @1.10 kg per sqm.
16.4.2 sqm
200.00 362.80 72,560.00
Providing and applying crystalline mortar by
mixing in the ratio of 4.5 : 1 (4.5 parts crystalline
mortar : 1 part water) for the treatment of faulty
construction joints, cracks, tie rod holes and
spalled & honeycombed surface of RCC
underground structures like basement, water
tanks, bridge deck etc. to ensure water tightness.
16.5 The crystallie mortar shall conform to the EN
-
1504-3 having compressive strength Class R4 ≥45
MPa and adhesive bond strength Class R3 ≥1.5
MPa. The work shall be carried out all complete as
per specification and the direction of the
Engineer-In-Charge. The product performance
shall carry guarantee for 10 years against any
leakage.
For sealing cracks and faulty construction joints,
routed out/making U-shape groove size 25x25mm
and then primed the area with integral crystalline
slurry @0.05kg/running metre and while the
16.5.1 surface is tacky filled the groove upto surface with metre
crystalline mortar @1.50kg/running metre. Once 100.00 547.70 54,770.00
crystalline mortar is touch dry then finally applied
two coats of integral crystalline slurry
@0.05kg/running metre per coat.

193
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
For patching of tie rod holes, prepared tie rod hole
surface and then primed the area with integral
crystalline slurry @0.070kg/sqm and while the
surface is tacky repair and then filled the tie rod each
16.5.2
holes with crystalline mortar @ 0.040 kg per hole. 100.00 hole 23.05 2,305.00
The crystalline mortar should be tightly rodded
into tie rod holes or packed tightly (For 25x25x25
mm tie rod hole, use 0.040kg to fill the hole)
Providing and applying of swellable type water
stop tape, 19mm x 25mm thick in linear meter
(expansive nature) for construction joints
treatment of RCC structure such as raft slab,
retaining walls, water storage tank and at the
junctions of raft slab with the retaining walls etc..
After cleaning the surface, one coat of required
primer for swellable water stop tape shall be
16.6 metre
applied throughout the length of the joint @3.78 300.00 573.45 1,72,035.00
litre per 240 running meter. Over the primed
surface swellable type water stop tape shall be
placed. The work shall be carried out all complete
as per specification and the direction of the
Engineer-In-Charge. The product performance
shall carry guarantee for 10 years against any
leakage.
Waterproofing of Raft:
Pre-applied, adhesively bonded waterproofing
sheet membrane: Technoflexi HDPE
Supplying and installing positive side
waterproofing treatment for “Raft Slab” by using
Techno Flexi HDPE, A Pre applied, flexible, 1.2mm
thick fully bonded HDPE sheet membrane
installed before casting of the base RCC slab.
Membrane shall be installed in strict accordance
with the manufacturer’s instructions and shall
provide an intimate bond to the underneath of the
16.7 poured concrete used as base/ raft slab to resist
water migration. The fully bonded HDPE sheet
membrane shall consist of a multi layer composite
film which consists of highly
resilient HDPE film, self adhesive polymer layer
and a trafficable particulate layer. The membrane
shall be chemically resistant in all types of soil or
water, has a zero permeance to moisture, does not
activate prematurely due to wet
conditions and is unaffected by ground settlement
beneath slabs.

194
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
The fully bonded HDPE sheet waterproofing
membrane shall have following typical properties
:
1) Colour: White
2) Resistance to Hydrostatic Head: > 60 M as per
ASTM D5385 Modified
3) Elongation: 400% as per ASTM D412 modified
4) Peel adhesion to concrete: 880N/m (ASTM D
903 Modified)
5) Low Temp Flexibility: - 25°C, pass (ASTM D
1970)
6) Puncture Resistance: 800N (as per ASTM E154) Sqm
3,718.00 1,239.14 46,07,108.00
7) Tensile Strength (Film): 21 Mpa as per ASTM
D412 Modified
Techno Flexi HDPE shall be installed with
standard 75mm selvedge laps, and end laps
executed with double side tape.
Hot applied materials or protective screed shall
NOT be permitted.
All systems to be installed as per manufacturer's
recommendations, etc. complete with all lead and
lift for all materials and labour and as directed by
Engineer in-charge.

16.8 Un-confined Retaining wall


Retaining Wall Water Proofing with 2
component Hybrid Polyurea:Providing and
applying a two component crack bridging,
elastomeric, fast curing 2 component hybrid
polyurea waterproofing membrane system, spray
applied to achieve a dry film thickness of
minimum 1.5 mm by a two-part hot spray
equipment after the application of epoxy primer
on the prepared surface with a consumption of 0.8
-1.2 kg/sqm depending on the porosrity and
undulations of the surface. The waterproofing
membrane must be applied in minimum 2 coats
after application of epoxy based primer followed
by the sprinkling of quartz 0.5mm for better
adhesion, the waterproofing membrane having
the following key performance properties and
conforming to standards and approvals as
mentioned 1. Solid content >99% 2.Tensile
strength >10 N/mm2 as per ASTM D412 3 Shore A
hardness > 75 (after 28 days) as per ASTM D2240
4 Elongation at break (%) > 400% as per ASTM
D412 5 Tear Strength > 50 N/mm2 as per ASTM
D624C 6 Thermal resistance – The elastic
properties are maintained at temperatures as low
as -20°C. 7.Resistance to fire to std (EN 13501-1)
Class E.The supplier must have their own
manufacturing facility, should not be private label
product or sourced from third party. The

195
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
manufacturer must be ISO 9001 & 14001 certified.
Contractor shall submit methodology statement
with typical sections and get approved from
engineer in charge before start of work ,
application shall be carried out by manufacturer
or approved and certified applicator of
manufacturer.Actual consumption of polyurea
material should not be less than the theoritical
consumption of such materials prescribed by the
manufacturer in their latest standard published
literature or more as mentioned in the item to
achieve mentioned desired thickness.

Supply and installing pre-fabricated drainage


board with pre-fixed geo-textile of 8mm thickness
over cured pure PU Membrane followed by Sqm
1,644.00 294.35 4,83,911.00
backfill or landscaping. Note: Drainage board to be
used only for landscape decks.

Protection layer : Provide and install a protection


board (7- 8 mm thick HDPE dimple board) over
16.9 the waterproofing membrane to protect the Sqm
1,644.00 2,967.70 48,78,899.00
membrane from damages from back-filling
materials.

Waterproofing treatment to Construction


17
joints:

196
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Supply and installing hydrophilic resin and
elastomer based swellabl waterbar Swellseal 3V
or equivalent of 20mm x 10 mm fixed with nailing
or adhesive fixer by manufacture approved
applicator for construction joint treatment at
required locations such as(i) Junction of
raft/retainingwall &(ii) at all other locations as
mentioned in drawings. The strip must have metre
734.00 478.50 3,51,219.00
following minimumproperties:(ii) Elongation at
break of 220% (ASTM D 412)(iii) Hardness Shore
A of 50 (ASTM D2240)All systems to be installed
as per manufacturer's recommendations, etc.
complete with all lead and lift for all materials and
labour and as directed by Engineer in-charge.

-
Retaining Wall Water Proofing with 2
17.1
component Hybrid Polyurea:
Providing and applying a two component crack
bridging, elastomeric, fast curing 2 component
hybrid polyurea waterproofing membrane system,
spray applied to achieve a dry film thickness of
minimum 1.5 mm by a two-part hot spray
equipment after the application of epoxy primer
on the prepared surface with a consumption of 0.8
-1.2 kg/sqm depending on the porosrity and
undulations of the surface. The waterproofing
membrane must be applied in minimum 2 coats
after application of epoxy based primer followed
by the sprinkling of quartz 0.5mm for better
adhesion, the waterproofing membrane having
the following key performance properties and
conforming to standards and approvals as
mentioned
1. Solid content >99%
2.Tensile strength >10 N/mm2 as per ASTM D412
3 Shore A hardness > 75 (after 28 days) as per
ASTM D2240
4 Elongation at break (%) > 400% as per ASTM
D412
5 Tear Strength > 50 N/mm2 as per ASTM D624C
6 Thermal resistance – The elastic properties are
maintained at temperatures as low as -20°C.
7.Resistance to fire to std (EN 13501-1) Class E.
The supplier must have their own manufacturing
facility, should not be private label product or
sourced from third party. The manufacturer must
be ISO 9001 & 14001 certified. Contractor shall
submit methodology statement with typical
sections and get approved from engineer in
charge before start of work , application shall be
carried out by manufacturer or approved and
certified applicator of manufacturer.Actual

197
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
consumption of polyurea material should not be
less than the theoritical consumption of such
materials prescribed by the manufacturer in their
latest standard published literature or more as
mentioned in the item to achieve mentioned
desired thickness.

Rates are Inclusive of providing and


fixing:Membrane Protection Board in Verticals:
Providing & laying high density polyethylene
(HDPE) dimpled protection and drainage sheet;
over the waterproofing membrane on the
retaining walls. The protection and drainage sheet Sqm
1,644.00 2,374.80 39,04,171.00
shall consist of dimpled HDPE sheet with fused on
hydrophilic polypropylene geotextile; confirming
to EN 13252, etc. complete as per manufacturer
specifications.

Waterproofing Treatment of Podium & Open


Roof Terrace Using Liquid Applied PU
17.2
Membrane (Techno Flexi PU 660) with Slope
Making Screed
(a) Treatment to Construction Joints in RCC slab
and wall by making groove of 20mmx20mm. :-
Making a groove of 20 mm x 20mm at
construction joints and applying "ConplastWL
polymer Indepth Cementitious coating as priming
coat in groove thereafter filling the groove with
acrylic polymer modified nonshrink cementitious
mortar including "ConplastWL polymer curing etc.
complete.
(b)Injection grouting to be carried out to
Honeycombs, Voids , Porous area etc. (wherever
required) :- Carrying out injection grouting to the
RCC surface at honeycombs, voids, cracks etc.
whereever required as per our judgement, to full
saturation using nonshrink grout "Cebex 100" of
Fosroc @ 225 gram per bag of cement non shrink,
polymeric grouting compound, using gravitational
pressure / grout pump etc. complete.
(c) Making of Watta/Gola at junction of slab &
parapet wall :- Making of Watta/Gola at junction
of slab & parapet wall 75x75 mm in cement
mortar (1:4) admixed with with small brickbats
embedded and admixed with "ConplastWL
polymer as per standard design and finishing
with cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement:4 fine sand) as
per standard design

198
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
(d) Treatment to Spout of Drain Pipe in the Floor:
Providing and sealing the remaining annular gap
between pipes and the cutouts in the slab and wall
using nonshrink microconcrete and thereafter
applying "Techno Flexi PU 660", Polyurethane
based Waterproofing system around the
periphery joints of the pipes, as per
manufacturer's recommendation etc. complete
Note: Ponding test to be done after treatment to
Construction Joints, Grouting to Honeycombs
voids etc. for atleast 72 hrs to check for water
tightness of slab.
Waterproofing Layer of Techno Flexi PU 660: Pure
Polyurethane based Liquid Applid Elastomeric
Seamless Membrane
Cleaning the surface to our requirements, and
thereafter, providing and applying of "Techno
Flexi PU 660 manufactured by Hepce, Korea"
Polyurethane liquid applied membrane, highly
permanent, elastic, cold applied and cold curing,
one component polyurethane membrane, used for
long lasting waterproofing and installed by
"Civiltech Engineers & Contractors". Techno Flexi
PU 660 shall be applied in 2 coats, total
consumption of app. 2 kg/sqm. Techno Flexi PU
660 memebrane cures by reaction with ground
and air moisture and provides excellent Sqm
1,632.00 1,042.05 17,00,626.00
mechanical, chemical, thermal and UV resistance
properties having >800% elongation & tensile
strength 2N/mm ² as per ASTM D 412, up to 2mm
crack bridging capacity as per ASTM C836, pull off
strength to concrete more than 2 N/mm2 as per
ASTM D4541, Shore A hardness 60 as per ASTM
D2240 & soild content 90+3% as per IS 101
including testing activities for 72 hrs will be again
carried out after the water proofing coating to
check the any leakages & redone the leakage area
(if any).

17.3 Filter Media/Sepration Layer


Over the cured final coat of PU a minimum of
150GSM non woven geotextile febric with 75mm
End & side overlap shall be used as on
Sqm
isolation/sepration layer before laying final 1,632.00 127.60 2,08,243.00
protective layer of brick bat coba on horizontal
surface.

Slope Making Screed


17.4
-

199
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
PROTECTION SCREED: minimum M-20 grade
concrete screed with minimum thickness of 50
mm laid to slope (minimum 1:100) or as per site
requirement to have a positive slope. Screed must
be designed to prevent shrinkage and edge curl
and shall be admixed with integral waterproofing Sqm
1,632.00 691.15 11,27,957.00
compound Covextra WL of FOSROC make at a
dosageas per manufacturer's recommendation.
The screed shall be cured by ponding it for a
minimum of 7 days.

TOTAL 2,40,73,060

STRUCTURAL GLAZING ALUMMINIUM


18
COMPOSITE PANEL

Providing and supplying aluminium extruded


tubular and otheraluminium sections as per the
architectural drawings and approvedshop
drawings , the aluminium quality as per grade
6063 T5 or T6 asper BS 1474,including super
durable powder coating of 60-80
micronsconforming to AAMA 2604 of required
18.1 kg
colour and shade as approvedby the Engineer-in- 14,339.00 414.30 59,40,648.00
Charge. ( The item includes cost of material suchas
cleats, sleeves, screws etc. necessary for
fabrication of extrudedaluminium frame work.
Nothing extra shall be paid on this account).The
weight of aluminium extruded section shall be
taken for purposeof payment.

200
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Designing, fabricating, testing, protection,
installing and fixing inposition semi (grid)
unitized system of structural glazing (with
openjoints) for linear as well as curvilinear
portions of the building for allheights and all
levels, including: (a) Structural analysis & design
and preparation of shop drawingsfor the specified
design loads conforming to IS 875 part III
(thesystem must passed the proof test at 1.5
times design windpressure without any failure),
including functional design ofthe aluminum
sections for fixing glazing panels of
variousthicknesses, aluminium cleats, sleeves and
splice plates etc.gaskets, screws, toggles, nuts,
bolts, clamps etc., structuraland weather silicone
sealants, flashings, fire stop (barrier)-cum-smoke
seals, microwave cured EPDM gaskets for
watertightness, pressure equalisation & drainage
and protectionagainst fire hazard including: (b)
Fabricating and supplying serrated M.S. hot dip
galvanised /Aluminium alloy of 6005 T5 brackets
of required sizes, sectionsand profiles etc. to
accommodate 3 Dimentional movementfor
18.2 achieving perfect verticality and fixing structural
glazingsystem rigidly to the RCC/
masonry/structural steel frameworkof building
structure using stainless steel anchor
fasteners/bolts, nylon seperator to prevent
bimetallic contacts with nutsand washers etc. of
stainless steel grade 316, of the requiredcapacity
and in required numbers.
(c) Providing and filling, two part pump filled,
structural siliconesealant and one part weather
silicone sealant compatible withthe structural
silicone sealant of required bite size in a cleanand
controlled factory / work shop environment,
including doublesided spacer tape, setting blocks
and backer rod, all ofapproved grade, brand and
manufacture, as per the approvedsealant design,
within and all around the perimeter for
holdingglass. (d) Providing and fixing in position
flashings of solid aluminiumsheet 1 mm thick and
of sizes, shapes and profiles, as requiredas per the
site conditions, to seal the gap between the
buildingstructure and all its interfaces with
curtain glazing to make itwatertight.

201
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
(e) Making provision for drainage of moisture/
water that entersthe curtain glazing system to
make it watertight, byincorporating principles of
pressure equalization, providingsuitable gutter
profiles at bottom (if required), making
necessaryholes of required sizes and of required
numbers etc. complete.This item includes cost of
all inputs of designing, labour forfabricating and
installation of aluminium grid, installation
ofglazed units, T&P, scaffolding and other
incidental chargesincluding wastages etc.,
enabling temporary structures andservices,
cranes or cradles etc. as described above and
asspecified. The item includes the cost of getting
all the structuraland functional design including
shop drawings checked by astructural designer,
dully approved by Engineer-in-charge. Theitem
also includes the cost of all mock ups at site, cost
of allsamples of the individual components for
testing in an approvedlaboratory, field tests on the
assembled working structuralglazing as specified,
cleaning and protection till the handingover of the
building for occupation. In the end, the
Contractorshall provide a water tight structural
glazing having all theperformance characteristics
etc. all complete as required, asper the
Architectural drawings, as per item description,
asspecified, as per the approved shop drawings
and as directedby the Engineer- in-Charge.
Note:- 1. The cost of providing extruded
aluminium frames,shadow boxes, extruded
aluminium section capping for fixingin the
grooves of the curtain glazing and vermin proof
stainlesssteel wire mesh shall be paid for
separately under relevantitems under this sub-
head. However, for the purpose ofpayment, only
the actual area of structural glazing
(includingwidth of grooves) on the external face
shall be measured inSqm. up to two decimal
places. Note:-2. The following performance test
are to be conductedon structural glazing system if
area of structural glazingexceeds 2500 Sqm from
the certified laboratoriesaccreditated by
NABL(National Accreditation Board forTesting
and Calibration Laboratories), Department of
Science & Technologies, India. Cost of testing is
payableseparately.

202
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
The NIT approving authority will decide the
necessity of testingon the basis of cost of the work,
cost of the test and importanceof the work.
Performance Testing of Structural glazing
systemTests to be conducted in the NABL
accredited lab or any otheraccreditation body
which operates in accordance with ISO/IEC 17011
and accredits labs as per ISO/IEC 170251.
Performance Laboratory Test for Air Leakage Test
(-50pato - 300pa) & (+50pa to +300pa) as per
ASTM E-283-04testing method for a range of
testing limit 1 to 200 mVhr 2. Static Water
Penetration Test. (50pa to 1500pa) asper ASTME-
331-09 testing method for a range up to2000 ml Sqm
.3. Dynamic Water Penetration (50pa to 1500pa) 2,149.00 3,510.50 75,44,065.00
as perAAMA 501.01- 05 testing method for a
range upto2000 ml 4. Structural Performance
Deflection and deformation bystatic air pressure
test (1.5 times design wind pressurewithout any
failure) as per ASTME-330-10 testing methodfor a
range upto 50 mm 5. Seismic Movement Test
(upto 30 mm) as per AAMA501.4-09 testing
method for Qualitative test, Tests to beconducted
on site.6. Onsite Test for Water Leakage for a
pressure range 50kpa to 240 kpa (35psi) upto
2000 ml

Providing, assembling and supplying vision glass


panels (IGUs) comprising of hermetically-sealed
6-12- 6 mm insulated glass (double glazed) vision
panel units of size and shape as required and
specified, comprising of an outer heat
strengthened float glass 6mm thick, of approved
colour and shade with reflective soft coating on
surface # 2 of approved colour and shade, an inner
Heat strengthned clear float glass 6mm thick,
18.2 spacer tube 12mm wide, dessicants, including
primary seal and secondary seal (structural
silicone sealant) etc. all complete for the required
performances, as per the Architectural drawings,
as per the approved shop drawings, as specified
and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The
IGUs shall be assembled in the factory/ workshop
of the glass processor.

203
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
(Payment for fixing of IGU Panels in the curtain
glazing is included in cost of item No.25.2)For
payment, only the actual area of glass on face # 1
of the glass panels (excluding the areas of the
grooves and weather silicone sealant) provided
and fixed in position, shall be measured in sqm.(i)
Coloured tinted float glass 6mm thick substrate
with reflective soft coating on face # 2, + 12mm
Airgap + 6mm Heat Strengthened clear Glass of
approved make having properties as visible Light Sqm
1,420.00 3,718.70 52,80,554.00
transmittance (VLT) of 25 to 35 %, Light reflection
internal 10 to 15%, light reflection external 10 to
20 %, shading coefficient (0.25- 0.28) and U value
of 3.0 to 3.3 W/m2 degree K etc. The properties of
performance glass shall be decided by technical
sanctioning authority as per the site requirement.

Extra for openable side / top hung vision glass


panels (IGUs) includingproviding and supplying at
site all accessories and hardwares for theopenable
panels as specified and of the approved make such
asheavy duty stainless steel friction hinges, min 4 -
point cremonelocking sets with stainless steel
18.3 plates, handles, buffers etc. includingnecessary Sqm
430.00 3,671.50 15,78,745.00
stainless steel screws/ fasteners, nuts, bolts,
washersetc. all complete as per the Architectural
drawings, as per the approvedshop drawings, as
specified and as directed by the Engineer- in-
Charge.

Providing, fabricating and supplying shadow box


of required size andshape, for fixing in the
spandrel portion of the structural glazing, inlinear
as well as curvilinear portions of the building by
providing semi-rigid, inorganic, non-combustible
fibre glass wool insulation 50 mmthick,
conforming to IS: 8183 and BS: 3958 Part 5. The
insulationlayer shall have facing (factory bonded
18.4 on surface # 1 of the fibreglass insulation layer), of Sqm
729.00 2,159.65 15,74,385.00
black non-woven fibre glass tissue of
nominalthickness 0.5 mm and nominal mass not
less than 60 gm /Sqm,made of randomly oriented
glass fibres distributed in a binder by awet-lay
process including fixing 1.5 mm thick solid
aluminum sheetbacking using, 6 mm thick cement
board including SS rivets, nuts,bolts, washers etc
complete.

204
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Providing and supplying Spandrel Glass Panels
comprising of 6 mmthick heat strengthened
monolithic float glass of approved colourand
shade with reflective soft coating on surface # 2 of
approvedcolour and shade so as to match the
colour and shade of the IGUs inthe vision panels
etc. ,all complete for the required performances
asspecified, as per the Architectural drawings, as
per the approvedshop drawings, as specified, and
as directed by the Engineer- in-Charge. For
payment, only the actual area of glass on face # 1
of the glasspanels (but excluding the area of
grooves and weather silicone sealant)provided
18.5 Sqm
and fixed in position, shall be measured in Sqm. 729.00 2,450.15 17,86,159.00
(Paymentfor fixing of Spandrel Glass Panels in the
curtain glazing is includedin cost of relevent
Item*).“(i) Coloured tinted float glass 6mm
thicksubstrate with reflective soft coating on face
# 2, having propertiesas visible Light
transmittance (VLT) of 25 to 35 %, Light
reflectioninternal 10 to 15%, light reflection
external 10 to 20 %, shadingcoefficient (0.25-
0.28) and U value of 3.0 to 3.3 W/m2 K etc. .The
properties of performance glass shall be decided
by technicalsanctioning authority as per the site
requirement.

Design supply & installation of suspended Spider


Glazing systemdesigned to withstand the wind
pressure as per IS 875 (Part-III). TheSuspended
System held with Spider Fittings of SS-316 Grade
Steelof approved manufacturer with glass panel
having 12 mm thick cleartoughened glass held
together with SS- 316 Grade Stainless steelSpider
& bolt assembly with laminated glass fins 21 mm
thick. TheGlass fins and glass panel assembly shall
be connected to Slab/beams by means of SS- 316
Grade stainless steel brackets & Anchorbolts and
at the bottom using SS channel of 50x25x2mm
usingfastener & anchor bolts, non staining
18.6 weather sealants of approvedmake, Teflon/ nylon Sqm
67.00 9,502.35 6,36,657.00
bushes and separators to prevent bi-
metalliccontacts, all complete to perform as per
specification and approveddrawings. The
complete system to be designed to
accommodatethermal expansion & seismic
movements etc. The joints betweenglass panels (6
to 8 mm) and gaps at the perimeter & in U
channelof the assembly to be filled with non
staining weather sealant, so asto make the entire
system fully water proof & dust proof. The rate
shall include all design, Engineering and shop
drawingincluding approval from structural
designer, labour, T&P, scaffolding,other incidental
205
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
charges including wastage, enabling
temporaryservices all fitting fixers nut bolts,
washer, Buffer plates, fastener,anchors, SS channel
laminated glass etc. all complete. For thepurpose
of payment, actual elevation area of Glazing
includingthickness of joints and the portion of
Glass panel inside the SSchannel shall be
measured.

TOTAL 2,43,41,213.0
0

19 NEW TECHNOLOGIES AND MATERIALS

Providing & fixing in position Phenol bonded


Bamboowood flooring with planks of sizes 14mm
thick, minimum 1800mm length and minimum
100 mm wide, in approved colour, texture and
finish, having Performance Appraisal Certificate
(PAC) issued by Building Materials & Technology
Promotion Council (BMTPC). The flooring shall be
fixed with tongue and groove interlocking system,
with underlayment of 4mm thick expanded
19.1 polyethylene foam sheets having density Sqm 6145.85
316.00 19,42,089.00
40kg/cum, over prepared surface with necessary
quarter round planks of size 1900mm x 18mm
and door reducer of size 1900mm x 44mm,
wherever required. The bamboowood planks shall
have minimum density of 1000 Kg/cum &
minimum Hardness 1000 Kgf. with Eco friendly
UV coating, all complete as per direction of the
Engineer in-charge.

Providing & fixing in position Phenol bonded


Bamboo wood in wall skirting with planks of sizes
14mm thick, 1900mm length (minimum) and
85mm wide(minimum), in approved colour,
texture and finish, having Performance Appraisal
Certificate (PAC) issued by Building Materials &
Technology Promotion Council (BMTPC). The
19.2 skirting shall be fixed with SS screws & rawl plugs, Sqm 6033.55
32.00 1,93,074.00
over underlayment of 4mm thick, expanded
polyethylene foam sheets having 40kg/cum
density over prepared surface. The bamboowood
planks shall have minimum density of
1000Kg/cum & minimum Hardness 1000 Kgf.
with Eco friendly UV coating, all complete as per
direction of the Engineer in-charge.

206
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Applying one coat of Gypsum Plaster Bond of
approved brand and manufacture of RCC surface
for making required adhession between RCC
19.3
surface and Gypsum plaster as per
recommendations of manufactures and direction
of Engineer-in-charge.
Gypsum Plaster Bond
19.3.1 Sqm
3,384.00 239.30 8,09,791.00

Providing and fixing factory made single extruded


WPC (Wood Polymer Composite) solid
door/window/Ceosetory windows & other
Frames/Chowkhat comprising of virgin PVC
polymer of K value 58- 60 (Suspension Grade),
calcium carbonate and natural fibers (wood
powder/ rice husk/wheat husk) and non toxic
additives (maximum toxicity index of 12 for 100
gms) fabricated with miter joints after applying
PVC solvent cement and screwed with full body
threaded star headed SS screws having minimum
frame density of 750 kg/ cum, screw withdrawal
strength of 2200 N (Face) & 1100 N (Edge),
minimum compressive strength of 58 N/mm2,
19.4
modulus of elasticity 900 N/mm2 and resistance
to spread of flame of Class A category with
property of being termite/borer proof,
water/moisture proof and fire retardant and fixed
in position with M.S hold fast/lugs/SS dash
fasteners of required dia and length complete as
per direction of Engineer-In- Charge. (M.S hold
fast/lugs or SS dash fasteners shall be paid for
separately).Note: For WPC solid door/window
frames, minus 5mm tolerance in dimensions i.e
depth and width of profile shall be acceptable.
Variation in profile dimensions on plus side
shall be acceptable but no extra payment on
this account shall be made.
Frame size 50 x 100 mm
19.4.1 Metre 947.70
168.00 1,59,214.00

207
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Providing and fixing factory made single extruded
WPC (Wood Polymer Composite) solid decorative
type flush door shutter of required size
comprising of virgin polymer of K value 58-60
(Suspension Grade), calcium carbonate and
natural fibers (wood powder/ rice husk/wheat
husk) and non toxic additives (maximum toxicity
index of 12 for 100 gms) having minimum density
of 650 kg/ cum and screw withdrawal strength of
1800 N (Face) & 900 N (Edge), minimum
compressive strength 50 N/mm2, modulus of
19.5 elasticity 850 N/mm2 and resistance to spread of
flame of Class A category with property of being
termite/borer proof, water/moisture proof and
fire retardant. WPC to be laminated with PVC foil
of minimum 14 microns thick of approved design
pasted with hot melt adhesive on both faces of
shutter and fixing with stainless steel butt hinges
of required size with necessary full body threaded
star headed counter sunk S.S screws, all as per
direction of Engineer-In- Charge. (Note: stainless
steel butt hinges and necessary S.S screws shall be
paid separately)
30 mm thick
19.5.1 Sqm 4764.20
62.00 2,95,380.00

Providing and fixing factory made 18 mm thick


single extruded WPC (Wood Polymer Composite)
solid plain white colour board Jali, CNC (Computer
numeric control) routed of approved design by
Engineer-in -charge which are machine cut for
duct/shaft covering, partitions and facades
comprising of virgin polymer of K value 58-60
(Suspension Grade), calcium corbonate and
natural fibers (wood powder/ rice husk/wheat
husk) and non toxic additives(maximum toxicity
index of 12 for 100 gms) having minimum density
of 650 kg/cum and screw withdrawal strength of
1800 N (Face) minimum compressive strength
19.6 50 N/mm2, modulus of elasticity 850 N/mm2 and Sqm 3437.15
246.00 8,45,539.00
resistance to spread of flame of Class A category
with properties of being termite/borer proof,
water/moisture proof and fire retardant and
fixing on M.S (mild steel) frame made of 25 x 25 x
1.5 mm square hollow box section including
applying a priming coat of approved steel primer,
placed at grid made at 1.0 x 1.0 m or as per
requirement at site with necessary stainless steel
fasteners and SS screws etc., all complete as per
direction of Engineer-In- Charge. (Note: M.S (mild
steel) framework with priming coat and necessary
SS fasteners and SS screws shall be paid
separately.

208
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Providing and fixing of façade at all heights with
extruded hollow Clay / Terracotta ventilated
rainscreen tiles of height 250/ 300/ 400 mm and
length of 595 mm of approved texture,design and
pattern having Flexural Strength/ Modulus of
Rupture of ≥ 14 N/m² and maximum water
absorption of 10% tested as per ISO 10545-
4:2004(E) and ISO 10545-3:1995 respectively in
true level fixed to a supporting aluminium
framework(Alloy 6063 T5/T6) consisting of
vertical ‘T’ (for intermediates)/ ‘L’(for ends/
termination)/ Tubular sections (at corners)of size
80x60x2 mm/ 40x60x2 mm / 40x40x2 mm
respectively, spaced at maximum spacing of 600
mm c/c matching to the tile vertical grid, and
horizontal aluminium ‘C’-clamps of size 56x25x2
mm thickness of length 150 mm at junction of tiles
and of length 75 mm at wall ends/ corners fixed
on top of the vertical sections at spacing of 250/
300/ 400 mm c/c matching to the tile horizontal
19.7
grid with two numbers of self-drilling / self-
tapping SS screws of size 5.5x25 mm with EPDM
washers. The vertical ‘T’/’L/ Tubular’ sections
shall be fixed to the wall using HDG (hot-dip-
galvanized) steel L-brackets (galvanizing
thickness of minimum 80 microns)of size
110x80x6 mm at intermediate vertical aluminium
profiles and of size 220x110x12 mm at outer
corners and stainless steel grade 304,M10 full
threaded anchor fasteners with nylon sleeve 100
mm long (for brick work) and M8 expansion
anchor fasteners 75 mm long for concrete surface,
spacing of brackets to be based on a structural/
static calculation. The brackets shall be of length
175 mm at junction of two vertical aluminium
profiles and of length 100 mm at intermediate
points of vertical profiles and shall be fixed to the
vertical aluminium T / L / Tubular profiles using
two numbers self-drilling/ self-tapping SS screws
of size 5.5x25 mm with EPDM washers.

209
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
EPDM gaskets to be fixed in between brackets and
vertical profiles. The tiles shall be mounted on the
‘C’ clamps such that the tiles are supported at top
and bottom at both ends. The tiles shall be
additionally secured to the horizontal ‘C’ clamps
using special SS clips of required size which shall
be inserted and pressed into position on the ‘C’
clamps holding the tiles and the cut-tiles shall be
glued at points to the horizontal ‘C’ clamps by
using MS Polymer sealant adhesive. The vertical
joint open groove between two adjacent tiles shall
be 5 mm. The tiles and system shall be designed to
resist wind load as per IS 875 (Part 3) according
to different zones. The tiles shall be installed using
the ventilated rain screen principle with provision
for natural ventilation of the space between the
façade tiles and the structural wall. The work shall
be carried out as per specification, drawing and as
per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge.Note :
Scaffolding wherever required to be paid
separately
With 16 mm thickness (+/- 10%) terracotta tiles
19.7.1 Sqm
of grey colour 1,210.00 6,320.00 76,47,200.00
With 16mm thickness (+/- 10%) terracotta tiles of
19.7.2 Sqm
other than grey colors 1,210.00 5,991.40 72,49,594.00

TOTAL 1,91,41,881

20 Misc. Items

20.1 ZINC INTERLOCKING PANEL SYSTEM


Supply and fixing of Titanium Zinc cladding
system made with .8 mm thickness Zinc Titanium
Alloy (Conforming to EN 988) comprising of the
following layers:-

210
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Top Layer: Titanium zinc Reveal panels wall
cladding system (thickness: 0.8 mm) of upto 320
mm width X up to 2000 mm length Reveal wall
cladding panels in White PVDF finish only as per
approved by Architect and coating should be as
per standard AAMA 2605 standard. Reveal panels
are rainscreen system with available pan width of
panels of 320mm Centre to Centre Panels are
attached to supports/substrates using stainless
screws located under edges of the panels. Reveal
Panels to be installed over Aluminum framework.
a.)
The material properties shall be as follows:
Ultimate tensile strength: minimum 150
N/mm2, 0.2% Proof Stress: min 110 N/mm2.
The underside is coated with a polyurethane
primer and with a polyurethane-polyamide
organic top coat compound of 14micron. The
protective coating eliminates any risks related to
possible corrosion due to contact with
incompatible materials and where the underside
of the roof sheets is not ventilated and expose to
humidity and mold.
Framework (2.0 mm thick): 25 mm X 50 mm
Aluminum Box section installed over the Main
Structure / Masonry plastered surface. Zinc
b) Sqm
Reveal panels shall be fixed over the aluminum 235.00 12,092.40 28,41,714.00
box section substructure using stainless
screws/fasteners as approved.

20.2 Toilet Cubicle


Providing and fixing Toilet cubical of required
size as per drawings including 600mm door size
width, made up of thermosetting resign treated
high pressure ,self supporting decorative compact
laminates with permanently incorporate anti-
bacterial agents(under JIS Z2801:2000
certification) during manufacturing. Compact
board should be resistance to water immersion
through permissible increase on thickness and
mass <0.60% and board density >1.35kg/cm3
and fulfilled the criteria of green guard gold
certification and manufactured under EN438-
2&3:2005 standard. 12mm thick compact board
should be Moisture resistant, Impact resistant,
termite resistant ,Scratch resistant ,Weather and
climatic shock resistant. Compact laminates
should be of approved shade and finish and
includes door, pilasters and intermediate panels
finished with approved texture/shades as per
IS2046 and fulfilled the criteria of fire retardant
under BS-476/97 and EN438-6 with
classification of BS1D0 standard. Pilaster to be
supported with SS(grade316) adjustable foot
211
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
and intermediate panels will attached to the wall
with the help of approved SS(grade316) channels
and all required hardware, made up of stainless
steel as per manufacturer’s specification.

Door knob, gravity hinges,Thumb turn locksets


with occupancy indicators ,coat hooks with door
stoper , U channel, top rail with corner connector,
adjustable foot/pedestal,Rubber noice deafening
tape, screw & wall plugs should be approved
under the instruction of Engineer-in-charge. The
top fitting should consist of SS round top rail
which shall get fixed with pilaster, with SS panel
tube holder ,SS corner bend (connected with top
rail ) to be used in corner of cubical in absence of
brick wall, SS wall fixing to be used only on the
wall which will hold the SS top rail. All screw to be
of SS 304 grade in SS with satin finish. All pilasters
are to be supported by SS bottom cladding . The
base of the stainless steel bottom cladding to be
anchored to the floor with a clearance height upto
150 mm.Finish and colour of Toilet cubical should
be approved under guidance of engineer-in-
charge.
"I" ShapeToilet cubical with standerd dimenssion
of standard height (as directed by Engineer-in-
Charge) which inclues 600mm door size width or
as per drawing. Cubical shall be procured and
install from system manufacturers and not self
made and assembled. Dimensions of the cubical
system shall be as per conceptual drawing and as
per site condition.
Contractor shall prepare shop drawing with all
hardware and accessories for approval before Sqm
144.00 11,550.85 16,63,322.00
execution. Work shall be carried out as per
approved shop drawing.
Note:- Total Area of Board (used in door or in
front or in partition) shall be measured for
payment which will include cost of all material,
labour, fixing, hardware, SS fittings, SS pilasters
mentioned in the item all complete as per
directions of Engineer-in-Charge.

Providing and fixing Transparent Plastic Frosted


Glass Film (Plane / Designed), thickness 0.5 to
20.3 2mm on Glass partition walls and glass door all Sqm
121.00 569.20 68,873.00
complete as per drawing, design and direction of
Engineer-in-charge.

212
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Transplantation of trees including excavation
around existing tree, pruning of branches and
roots as per requirement, rootball preparation
(burlaping), lifting of tree, transportation and
unloading of existing tree at new place, digging
20.4
pits for placing tree at new place, adding manure, -
fertilizer, hormones and bio fertilizer to it.
Levelled and neatly dressed and disposal of
surplus materials from old existing and new sites
to designated place.
Girth of trees 0cm - 50cm
A. Each
15.00 10,101.35 1,51,520.00
Girth of trees 50cm - 90cm
B. Each
10.00 13,291.25 1,32,913.00
Girth of trees 90cm - 150cm
C. Each
5.00 19,671.05 98,355.00

-
Modular Rain Water Harvesting System
20.5
-
Providing, supplying & installation in position
recycled polyproplene matrix modules with large
plates and small plates having more than 96%
void surface area fixed arrangements as per
approved patterns and design of Retas Enviro
Solutions including providing of 400 mm GSM non
woven geo textile to provide stability to the tank Nos. 4,29,054.8
2.00 8,58,110.00
and improve quality of water alongwith supply of 0
FRP filter unit having stainless steel 304 mesh
brackets with dia of 750 mm and height 1000 mm
having flow rate of 82 KL per hour, complete as
per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

-
Providing and fixing SS 32mm size Bottle Trap of
20.6 approved quality & make and as per the direction Nos.
84.00 1,147.15 96,361.00
of Engineer-in-charge.

- -
Providing and fixing white vitreous china
extended wall mounting water closet of
approximate size 780x370x690 mm of approved
shape including providing & fixing white vitreous
china cistern with dual flush fitting, of flushing
capacity 3 litre/ 6 litre (adjustable to 4 litre/ 8
20.7 litres), including slim soft close seat cover, and Nos.
84.00 16,874.85 14,17,487.00
cistern fittings, nuts, bolts and gasket etc
complete. (Jaquar, Kohlar or equivalent.)
Jaquar-FLS-WHT-5353PPZ
Kohlar 17661K-S-0

- -

213
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Providing and fixing Counter Top (Table Top)
wash basin in white colour, including fittings,
including making water and drain connections, CP
20.8 wall and sleeve flanges etc., complete with all Nos.
30.00 9,083.65 2,72,510.00
respect. (Jaquar, Kohlar or equivalent.)
Of Make: Jaquar-JDS-WHT-25911 or Kohlar -
314591N-0

- - -
Providing and fixing under Counter wash basin in
white colour, including fittings, including making
water and drain connections, CP wall and sleeve
20.9 flanges etc., complete with all respect. (Jaquar, Nos.
64.00 6,128.95 3,92,253.00
Kohlar or equivalent.)
Of Make: (Make : Jaquar-JDS-WHT-705 or Kohlar -
22111n-0)

- - -
Providing and fixing CP brass Pressmatic pillar
cock auto closing system 15 mm nominal bore
20.10 basin faucet long nose of approved quality Nos.
85.00 3,516.10 2,98,869.00
conforming to IS standards. (Make : Jaquar-PRS-
CHR-031) (Jaquar, Kohlar or equivalent.)

- - -
Providing and fixing C.P. brass angle valve for
basin mixer, Sink and geyser points of approved
20.11 quality conforming to IS:8931 (Make : Jaquar- - - -
OPP-15053PM, or KOHLER11568-7B-CP)
15 mm nominal bore
20.11.1 Nos.
212.00 2,175.35 4,61,174.00

- - -
Providing and fixing of Health faucet with 8 mm
dia 1.00 m long easy flex tube in chrome finish and
wall hook of category No. Jaquar-ALD-565 of
20.12 Nos.
Jaquar or KOHLER-12927-CP in Kohler complete 116.00 2,098.00 2,43,368.00
as per direction of Engineer-in- charge.

- - -
Providing and fixing Grid drain/waste coupling
with overflow hole in polished chrome of
20.13 approved quality of category No. ALD-727 of Nos.
30.00 1,581.45 47,444.00
Jaquar or KOHLER-12927-CP in Kohler as per the
direction of Engineer- in-charge.

214
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Providing and fixing 10mm thick Curved shaped
glass urinal partition (Frosted), including
necessary fittings all complete as per directions of
20.15 Engineer -in-Charge. Nos.
(Category No: Jaquar-JSE-CHR-110UC450X or 82.00 8,942.55 7,33,289.00
equivalent in Kohlar or in Hindware Italian
Colletion)

- - -
Providing and fixing Stainless Steel A ISI 304
(18/8) Antiscratch kitchen sink as per IS:13983
with C.I. brackets and stainless steel plug 40 mm,
including painting of fittings and brackets, cutting
20.16 and making good the walls wherever required : Nos.
2.00 21,481.50 42,963.00
Single Kitchen sink with drain board including
necessary fittings all complete as per directions of
Engineer -in-Charge, of make Nirali BG or
Hindware.

- - -
Providing and fixing of long body Bib Cock with
20.17 wall flange complete as required. (Category No: Nos.
48.00 2,561.05 1,22,930.00
Jaquar-OPP-15037PM or equivalent in Koohlar)

- - -
Providing and fixing of long body 2 Way Bib Cock
with wall flange complete as required. (Category
20.18 Nos.
No: Jaquar-OPP-15041PM or equivalent in 84.00 2,829.55 2,37,682.00
Koohlar)

- - -
Providing and fixing high quality ABS plastic liquid
soap container Soap Dispenser (300ml capacity)
of size 22x6.5x7.5cm with Plastic Bottle of
20.19 Nos.
standard shape withbracket of the same materials 52.00 716.10 37,237.00
with snap fittings of approved quality and colour .

Providing and fixing SS-304 grating of approved


20.20
quality and colour.
Square type
20.20.1 Nos.
236.00 170.65 40,273.00
100 x100 mm nominal size
20.20.1.1
-
Providing and fixing toilet paper holder make of
Jaquar Cat No. ACN-1153S or Kohler Cat No. K-
20.21 10705D-CP or equivalent complete as per each
84.00 2,092.70 1,75,787.00
direction of Engineer-in-charge

215
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
Providing and fixing stainless steel towel rail
600mm long make of Jaquar Cat. No. ACN-1111SM
20.22 or Kohle cat no. K-17521T-CP or Grohe cat no. 40 each
5.00 2,238.20 11,191.00
509 001 etc complete as per direction Engineer-
in-Charge.

Providing and fixing Towel ring of Jaquar (ACN-


1121 BN) or equivalent make of approved brand
20.23 each
etc. complete as per direction of Engineer in 14.00 1,417.30 19,842.00
charge.
Providing & laying HDPE Double walled cogurated
pipes (CORFIT) SN-4 as per IS :16098-II, Socket &
20.24 spigot joint with elastomeric sealing ring including
testing of joints etc, complete as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge .
100 mm Nominal Diameter
20.24.1 Metre
150.00 1,646.00 2,46,900.00
200 mm Nominal Diameter
20.24.2 Metre
169.00 2,144.00 3,62,336.00
250 mm Nominal Diameter
20.24.3 Metre
109.00 2,357.00 2,56,913.00
Providing and fixing mirror of superior glass 6mm
thick of approved make and of required shape and
size with bevelled edge all complete including SS
20.25 304 grade Studs 20mm diameter satin finish at all sqm
67.00 3,123.40 2,09,268.00
levels as per drawings and as directed by
Engineer-in-charge
Providing services of one number inspection
vehicle commercial chauffer driven vehicle
Car/Taxi, Maruti Suzuki Swift Dzire/Honda Amaze
or equivalent on monthly hiring basis for mileage per
20.26 up to 2000 KM in each month on all working days 27.00 month 55,483.00 14,98,041.00
as per conditions attached. (Services of one
vehicle for one month on all working days from
9.00AM to 7.00 PM wil be measured as one job).

Flooring
Providing and fixing GI split clamp fabricated
from 2.5mm thick GI plate, breaking load of 600
kg, safe load of 100 kg, with M6 side nuts and
bolts, M10 threaded centre nut welded to clamp of
50mm height(adjustable) including cost of tie
21.1
400-600 mm long M10 GI tie rod and adjustable
M-10 dash fastener so as to provide slope in a
drainage pipes complete with EPDM lining. All
galvanizing shall be electroplating galvanised as
per IS:1647.
21.1.1 For 100mm Dia Pipe 100.00 each 329.43 32,943.00
Providing and fixing GI splite clamp fabricated
with 2.5 mm thick G.I.flat fixed withwedge type
21.2 fastner fixed to RCC wall 80 mm long complete each
100.00 151.85 15,185.00
with as per direction of engineer in charge . (a)

216
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project
For 75 dia pipe

Providing and fixing GI splite clamp fabricated


with 2.5 mm thick G.I.flat fixed withwedge type
21.3 fastner fixed to RCC wall 80 mm long complete each
100.00 158.50 15,850.00
with as per direction of engineer in charge . (b)
For 100 dia pipe
Providing and fixing Grab Bar Right/Left 90°
Angle 800 mm long , Satin finish of Parryware
21.4 make (T 6803A1) or equivalent and complete in each
3.00 7,379.30 22,138.00
all respect as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
Providing and fixing Grab Bar vertical 600 mm
long , Satin finish of Parryware make (T 6802A1)
21.5 or equivalent and complete in all respect as per each 3174.85
3.00 9,525.00
direction of Engineer-in-charge.
Providing and fixing Grab Bar /hinged hand Rail
750 mm long , Satin finish of Parryware make (T
21.6 6806A1) or equivalent and complete in all respect each 11132.20
3.00 33,397.00
as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

TOTAL 1,31,67,963

217
Addition : NIL Correction : Nil
Overwriting : NIL Deletion : Nil AE(C)/DP EE-cum-SM(C)-1/Dev. Project

You might also like